|  | HXCOMM See docs/devel/docs.rst for the format of this file. | 
|  | HXCOMM | 
|  | HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST. | 
|  | HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and | 
|  | HXCOMM discarded from C version. | 
|  | HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to | 
|  | HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified | 
|  | HXCOMM architectures. | 
|  | HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C. | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Standard options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h, | 
|  | "-h or -help     display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-h`` | 
|  | Display help and exit | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version, | 
|  | "-version        display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-version`` | 
|  | Display version information and exit | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \ | 
|  | "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n" | 
|  | "                property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n" | 
|  | "                supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n" | 
|  | "                vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n" | 
|  | "                dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n" | 
|  | "                mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n" | 
|  | "                aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n" | 
|  | "                dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n" | 
|  | "                suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n" | 
|  | "                nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n" | 
|  | "                memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n" | 
|  | "                hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n" | 
|  | "                memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n" | 
|  | "                cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]`` | 
|  | Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list | 
|  | available machines. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility | 
|  | across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine | 
|  | type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types | 
|  | "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures. | 
|  |  | 
|  | To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU | 
|  | version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8" | 
|  | and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to | 
|  | skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of | 
|  | QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Supported machine properties are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]`` | 
|  | This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target | 
|  | architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. | 
|  | By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator | 
|  | specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to | 
|  | initialize. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``vmport=on|off|auto`` | 
|  | Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says | 
|  | to select the value based on accel and i8042. For accel=xen or | 
|  | i8042=off the default is off otherwise the default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dump-guest-core=on|off`` | 
|  | Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``mem-merge=on|off`` | 
|  | Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when | 
|  | supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages | 
|  | among VMs instances (enabled by default). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``aes-key-wrap=on|off`` | 
|  | Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. | 
|  | This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created | 
|  | to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default | 
|  | is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dea-key-wrap=on|off`` | 
|  | Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. | 
|  | This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created | 
|  | to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default | 
|  | is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``nvdimm=on|off`` | 
|  | Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``memory-encryption=`` | 
|  | Memory encryption object to use. The default is none. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``hmat=on|off`` | 
|  | Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table | 
|  | (HMAT) support. The default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``memory-backend='id'`` | 
|  | An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options. | 
|  | Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example: | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on | 
|  | -machine memory-backend=pc.ram | 
|  | -m 512M | 
|  |  | 
|  | Migration compatibility note: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by | 
|  | machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration | 
|  | to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected. | 
|  | * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall | 
|  | use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option | 
|  | if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example: | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off | 
|  | -machine memory-backend=pc.ram | 
|  | -m 512M | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]`` | 
|  | Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM. | 
|  |  | 
|  | They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which | 
|  | may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges.  The system | 
|  | software will assign particular devices into these windows and | 
|  | configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders | 
|  | in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the | 
|  | interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges | 
|  | which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry. | 
|  | Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when | 
|  | the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the | 
|  | target index from 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of | 
|  | 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is | 
|  | platform and configuration dependent. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of | 
|  | interleave. Default 256 (bytes). Only 256, 512, 1k, 2k, | 
|  | 4k, 8k and 16k granularities supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512 | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, | 
|  | "                sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}`` | 
|  | Define an SGX EPC section. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu, | 
|  | "-cpu cpu        select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-cpu model`` | 
|  | Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature | 
|  | selection) | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel, | 
|  | "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                select accelerator (kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n" | 
|  | "                igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n" | 
|  | "                kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n" | 
|  | "                kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n" | 
|  | "                one-insn-per-tb=on|off (one guest instruction per TCG translation block)\n" | 
|  | "                split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n" | 
|  | "                tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n" | 
|  | "                dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n" | 
|  | "                eager-split-size=n (KVM Eager Page Split chunk size, default 0, disabled. ARM only)\n" | 
|  | "                notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n" | 
|  | "                thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n" | 
|  | "                device=path (KVM device path, default /dev/kvm)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]`` | 
|  | This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target | 
|  | architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By | 
|  | default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator | 
|  | specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to | 
|  | initialize. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``igd-passthru=on|off`` | 
|  | When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel | 
|  | integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest | 
|  | (default=off) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split`` | 
|  | Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full | 
|  | acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip | 
|  | reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for | 
|  | non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely | 
|  | is not recommended except for debugging purposes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``kvm-shadow-mem=size`` | 
|  | Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``one-insn-per-tb=on|off`` | 
|  | Makes the TCG accelerator put only one guest instruction into | 
|  | each translation block. This slows down emulation a lot, but | 
|  | can be useful in some situations, such as when trying to analyse | 
|  | the logs produced by the ``-d`` option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``split-wx=on|off`` | 
|  | Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation | 
|  | buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in | 
|  | such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this | 
|  | will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tb-size=n`` | 
|  | Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``thread=single|multi`` | 
|  | Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded | 
|  | there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of | 
|  | additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading | 
|  | where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no | 
|  | incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. | 
|  | icount/replay). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dirty-ring-size=n`` | 
|  | When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU | 
|  | dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should | 
|  | be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but | 
|  | still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports).  4096 | 
|  | could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best. | 
|  | Set this value to 0 to disable the feature.  By default, this feature | 
|  | is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0).  When enabled, KVM will instead | 
|  | record dirty pages in a bitmap. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``eager-split-size=n`` | 
|  | KVM implements dirty page logging at the PAGE_SIZE granularity and | 
|  | enabling dirty-logging on a huge-page requires breaking it into | 
|  | PAGE_SIZE pages in the first place. KVM on ARM does this splitting | 
|  | lazily by default. There are performance benefits in doing huge-page | 
|  | split eagerly, especially in situations where TLBI costs associated | 
|  | with break-before-make sequences are considerable and also if guest | 
|  | workloads are read intensive. The size here specifies how many pages | 
|  | to break at a time and needs to be a valid block size which is | 
|  | 1GB/2MB/4KB, 32MB/16KB and 512MB/64KB for 4KB/16KB/64KB PAGE_SIZE | 
|  | respectively. Be wary of specifying a higher size as it will have an | 
|  | impact on the memory. By default, this feature is disabled | 
|  | (eager-split-size=0). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n`` | 
|  | Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify | 
|  | the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled. | 
|  | ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue | 
|  | if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature. | 
|  | It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature. | 
|  | This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't | 
|  | open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window). | 
|  | Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``device=path`` | 
|  | Sets the path to the KVM device node. Defaults to ``/dev/kvm``. This | 
|  | option can be used to pass the KVM device to use via a file descriptor | 
|  | by setting the value to ``/dev/fdset/NN``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp, | 
|  | "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets]\n" | 
|  | "               [,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,modules=modules][,cores=cores]\n" | 
|  | "               [,threads=threads]\n" | 
|  | "                set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n" | 
|  | "                maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n" | 
|  | "                offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n" | 
|  | "                drawers= number of drawers on the machine board\n" | 
|  | "                books= number of books in one drawer\n" | 
|  | "                sockets= number of sockets in one book\n" | 
|  | "                dies= number of dies in one socket\n" | 
|  | "                clusters= number of clusters in one die\n" | 
|  | "                modules= number of modules in one cluster\n" | 
|  | "                cores= number of cores in one module\n" | 
|  | "                threads= number of threads in one core\n" | 
|  | "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n" | 
|  | "      parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n" | 
|  | "      will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n" | 
|  | "      three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n" | 
|  | "      sequentially mean as below:\n" | 
|  | "                sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n" | 
|  | "                cores means the number of cores in one socket\n" | 
|  | "                threads means the number of threads in one core\n" | 
|  | "      For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n" | 
|  | "      can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n" | 
|  | "      can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n" | 
|  | "      must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,modules=modules][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]`` | 
|  | Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on | 
|  | the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional | 
|  | '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be | 
|  | added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number | 
|  | of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the | 
|  | initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them | 
|  | is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value. | 
|  | Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must | 
|  | be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the | 
|  | CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs. | 
|  | Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by | 
|  | the specific machine type chosen. | 
|  |  | 
|  | To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology | 
|  | parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the | 
|  | parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported | 
|  | which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So | 
|  | for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can | 
|  | be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can | 
|  | also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be | 
|  | set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters | 
|  | must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero, | 
|  | explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any | 
|  | omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy | 
|  | (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per | 
|  | core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads. | 
|  | Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be | 
|  | automatically computed: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8 | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets | 
|  | totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 modules per die, 2 cores per | 
|  | module, 2 threads per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies | 
|  | /modules/cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but | 
|  | their values will be automatically computed: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -smp 32,sockets=2,dies=2,modules=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=32 | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets | 
|  | totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster, | 
|  | 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters | 
|  | /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values | 
|  | will be automatically computed: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters | 
|  | when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which | 
|  | were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered | 
|  | liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores | 
|  | over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets | 
|  | of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -smp 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed | 
|  | to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa, | 
|  | "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n" | 
|  | "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n" | 
|  | "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n" | 
|  | "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n" | 
|  | "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n" | 
|  | "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]`` | 
|  | Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA | 
|  | distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI | 
|  | Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and | 
|  | lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a | 
|  | contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is | 
|  | omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by | 
|  | providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is | 
|  | omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a | 
|  | NUMA node: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5 | 
|  |  | 
|  | '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option | 
|  | which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to | 
|  | assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of | 
|  | CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used | 
|  | machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with | 
|  | '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ ' | 
|  | property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's | 
|  | required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before | 
|  | it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -M pc \ | 
|  | -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \ | 
|  | -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \ | 
|  | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | '\ ``memdev``\ ' option assigns RAM from a given memory backend | 
|  | device to a node. It is recommended to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' option | 
|  | over legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option. This is because '\ ``memdev``\ ' | 
|  | option provides better performance and more control over the | 
|  | backend's RAM (e.g. '\ ``prealloc``\ ' parameter of | 
|  | '\ ``-memory-backend-ram``\ ' allows memory preallocation). | 
|  |  | 
|  | For compatibility reasons, legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option is | 
|  | supported in 5.0 and older machine types. Note that '\ ``mem``\ ' | 
|  | and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. If one node uses | 
|  | '\ ``memdev``\ ', the rest nodes have to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' | 
|  | option, and vice versa. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Users must specify memory for all NUMA nodes by '\ ``memdev``\ ' | 
|  | (or legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' if available). In QEMU 5.2, the support | 
|  | for '\ ``-numa node``\ ' without memory specified was removed. | 
|  |  | 
|  | '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an | 
|  | initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or | 
|  | largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be | 
|  | set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has | 
|  | CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that | 
|  | because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself | 
|  | and must be itself. | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -machine hmat=on \ | 
|  | -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \ | 
|  | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \ | 
|  | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \ | 
|  | -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \ | 
|  | -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \ | 
|  | -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2  \ | 
|  | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \ | 
|  | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA | 
|  | distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to | 
|  | itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then | 
|  | all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only | 
|  | given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in | 
|  | the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an | 
|  | asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then | 
|  | all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions, | 
|  | even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from | 
|  | another node, set the pair's distance to 255. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified | 
|  | resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This | 
|  | means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to | 
|  | allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth | 
|  | Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI | 
|  | Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can | 
|  | create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors. | 
|  | Target NUMA node contains addressable memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is | 
|  | the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is | 
|  | 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if | 
|  | hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this | 
|  | structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches | 
|  | for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by | 
|  | this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is | 
|  | 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of | 
|  | the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is | 
|  | 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is | 
|  | 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit | 
|  | bandwidth of the target memory side cache. | 
|  |  | 
|  | lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the | 
|  | possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth | 
|  | value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on | 
|  | used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means | 
|  | the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory | 
|  | belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is | 
|  | the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache | 
|  | level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option. | 
|  | associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is | 
|  | 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy | 
|  | is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has | 
|  | 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0 | 
|  | access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds, | 
|  | access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access | 
|  | memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds, | 
|  | access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information, | 
|  | NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB, | 
|  | policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -machine hmat=on \ | 
|  | -m 2G \ | 
|  | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \ | 
|  | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \ | 
|  | -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \ | 
|  | -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \ | 
|  | -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \ | 
|  | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \ | 
|  | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \ | 
|  | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \ | 
|  | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \ | 
|  | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \ | 
|  | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \ | 
|  | -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \ | 
|  | -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd, | 
|  | "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n" | 
|  | "                Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]`` | 
|  | Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``fd=fd`` | 
|  | This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is | 
|  | added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or | 
|  | stderr. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``set=set`` | 
|  | This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file | 
|  | descriptor to. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``opaque=opaque`` | 
|  | This option defines a free-form string that can be used to | 
|  | describe fd. | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd | 
|  | set: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\ | 
|  | -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\ | 
|  | -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set, | 
|  | "-set group.id.arg=value\n" | 
|  | "                set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n" | 
|  | "                i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-set group.id.arg=value`` | 
|  | Set parameter arg for item id of type group | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global, | 
|  | "-global driver.property=value\n" | 
|  | "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n" | 
|  | "                set a global default for a driver property\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-global driver.prop=value`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value`` | 
|  | Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img | 
|  |  | 
|  | In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices | 
|  | which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a | 
|  | device which is not created automatically and set properties on it, | 
|  | use -``device``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global | 
|  | driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works | 
|  | even when driver contains a dot. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot, | 
|  | "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "      [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "                'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n" | 
|  | "                'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n" | 
|  | "                'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n" | 
|  | "                'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]`` | 
|  | Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive | 
|  | letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b | 
|  | (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p | 
|  | (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. | 
|  | To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify | 
|  | it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter | 
|  | should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of | 
|  | devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support | 
|  | both at the same time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far | 
|  | as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it | 
|  | as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If | 
|  | firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system | 
|  | support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a | 
|  | BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be | 
|  | supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, | 
|  | 800x640. | 
|  |  | 
|  | A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout | 
|  | ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will | 
|  | not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios | 
|  | for X86 system support it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports | 
|  | it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex | 
|  | options. The default is non-strict boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc | 
|  | # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d | 
|  | # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds. | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its | 
|  | use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m, | 
|  | "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n" | 
|  | "                configure guest RAM\n" | 
|  | "                size: initial amount of guest memory\n" | 
|  | "                slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n" | 
|  | "                maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n" | 
|  | "                Note: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]`` | 
|  | Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB. | 
|  | Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in | 
|  | megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem | 
|  | could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum | 
|  | amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM | 
|  | size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets | 
|  | the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G | 
|  |  | 
|  | If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be | 
|  | enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath, | 
|  | "-mem-path FILE  provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-mem-path path`` | 
|  | Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc, | 
|  | "-mem-prealloc   preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-mem-prealloc`` | 
|  | Preallocate memory when using -mem-path. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k, | 
|  | "-k language     use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-k language`` | 
|  | Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This | 
|  | option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes | 
|  | (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses | 
|  | display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or | 
|  | PC/Windows hosts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The available layouts are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ar  de-ch  es  fo     fr-ca  hu  ja  mk     no  pt-br  sv | 
|  | da  en-gb  et  fr     fr-ch  is  lt  nl     pl  ru     th | 
|  | de  en-us  fi  fr-be  hr     it  lv  nl-be  pt  sl     tr | 
|  |  | 
|  | The default is ``en-us``. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio, | 
|  | "-audio [driver=]driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                specifies default audio backend when `audiodev` is not\n" | 
|  | "                used to create a machine or sound device;" | 
|  | "                options are the same as for -audiodev\n" | 
|  | "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n" | 
|  | "                apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n" | 
|  | "                use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-audio [driver=]driver[,model=value][,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | If the ``model`` option is specified, ``-audio`` is a shortcut | 
|  | for configuring both the guest audio hardware and the host audio | 
|  | backend in one go. The guest hardware model can be set with | 
|  | ``model=modelname``.  Use ``model=help`` to list the available | 
|  | device types. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio`` | 
|  | can be used to shorten the command line length: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa | 
|  | |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If the ``model`` option is not specified, ``-audio`` is used to | 
|  | configure a default audio backend that will be used whenever the | 
|  | ``audiodev`` property is not set on a device or machine.  In | 
|  | particular, ``-audio none`` ensures that no audio is produced even | 
|  | for machines that have embedded sound hardware. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In both cases, the driver option is the same as with the corresponding | 
|  | ``-audiodev`` option below.  Use ``driver=help`` to list the available | 
|  | drivers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev, | 
|  | "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                specifies the audio backend to use\n" | 
|  | "                Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n" | 
|  | "                id= identifier of the backend\n" | 
|  | "                timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n" | 
|  | "                valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n" | 
|  | "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                dummy driver that discards all output\n" | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA | 
|  | "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n" | 
|  | "                threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO | 
|  | "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND | 
|  | "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS | 
|  | "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n" | 
|  | "                try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n" | 
|  | "                exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n" | 
|  | "                dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA | 
|  | "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                server= PulseAudio server address\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.name= source/sink device name\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PIPEWIRE | 
|  | "-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.name= source/sink device name\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.stream-name= name of pipewire stream\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL | 
|  | "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO | 
|  | "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_SPICE | 
|  | "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY | 
|  | "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                path= path of wav file to record\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global | 
|  | and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently | 
|  | for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set | 
|  | the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with | 
|  | ``out.prop``. For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000 | 
|  | -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases | 
|  | specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message | 
|  | and continue emulation without sound. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Valid global options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``id=identifier`` | 
|  | Identifies the audio backend. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``timer-period=period`` | 
|  | Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in | 
|  | microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off`` | 
|  | Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and | 
|  | convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When | 
|  | off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this | 
|  | option means that the selected backend must support multiple | 
|  | streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards, | 
|  | otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable | 
|  | this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing | 
|  | engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off`` | 
|  | Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change | 
|  | based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you | 
|  | must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.frequency=frequency`` | 
|  | Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default | 
|  | is 44100Hz. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.channels=channels`` | 
|  | Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings. | 
|  | Default is 2 (stereo). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.format=format`` | 
|  | Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings. | 
|  | Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``, | 
|  | ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.voices=voices`` | 
|  | Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs`` | 
|  | Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has | 
|  | no backend specific properties. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on | 
|  | Linux. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ALSA specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.dev=device`` | 
|  | Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default | 
|  | is ``default``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.period-length=usecs`` | 
|  | Sets the period length in microseconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.try-poll=on|off`` | 
|  | Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``threshold=threshold`` | 
|  | Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only | 
|  | available on Mac OS and only supports playback. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Core Audio specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` | 
|  | Sets the count of the buffers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is | 
|  | only available on Windows and only supports playback. | 
|  |  | 
|  | DirectSound specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``latency=usecs`` | 
|  | Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is | 
|  | 10000 (10 ms). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most | 
|  | Unix-like systems. | 
|  |  | 
|  | OSS specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.dev=device`` | 
|  | Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is | 
|  | ``/dev/dsp``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` | 
|  | Sets the count of the buffers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.try-poll=on|of`` | 
|  | Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``try-mmap=on|off`` | 
|  | Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``exclusive=on|off`` | 
|  | Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this | 
|  | case). Default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dsp-policy=policy`` | 
|  | Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number | 
|  | means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use | 
|  | buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This | 
|  | option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on | 
|  | most systems. | 
|  |  | 
|  | PulseAudio specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``server=server`` | 
|  | Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.name=sink`` | 
|  | Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.latency=usecs`` | 
|  | Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try | 
|  | to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using PipeWire. This backend is available on | 
|  | most systems. | 
|  |  | 
|  | PipeWire specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.latency=usecs`` | 
|  | Desired latency in microseconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.name=sink`` | 
|  | Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.stream-name`` | 
|  | Specify the name of pipewire stream. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most | 
|  | systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if | 
|  | possible. | 
|  |  | 
|  | SDL specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` | 
|  | Sets the count of the buffers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on | 
|  | OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Sndio specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.dev=device`` | 
|  | Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default | 
|  | is ``default``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``in|out.latency=usecs`` | 
|  | Sets the desired period length in microseconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend | 
|  | requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so | 
|  | usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend | 
|  | specific properties. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Backend specific options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path=path`` | 
|  | Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is | 
|  | ``qemu.wav``. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device, | 
|  | "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
|  | "                add device (based on driver)\n" | 
|  | "                prop=value,... sets driver properties\n" | 
|  | "                use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n" | 
|  | "                use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid | 
|  | properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and | 
|  | properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some drivers are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
|  | Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management | 
|  | interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a | 
|  | watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You | 
|  | need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful | 
|  |  | 
|  | The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This | 
|  | address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management | 
|  | controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore | 
|  | it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``id=id`` | 
|  | The BMC id for interfaces to use this device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``slave_addr=val`` | 
|  | Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``sdrfile=file`` | 
|  | file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default | 
|  | is none. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``fruareasize=val`` | 
|  | size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is | 
|  | 1024. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``frudatafile=file`` | 
|  | file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. | 
|  | The default is none. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``guid=uuid`` | 
|  | value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this | 
|  | is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it. | 
|  | Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]`` | 
|  | Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of | 
|  | locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an | 
|  | external entity that provides the IPMI services. | 
|  |  | 
|  | A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, | 
|  | it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect-ms=" chardev | 
|  | option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note | 
|  | that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as | 
|  | the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off | 
|  | the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external | 
|  | simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the | 
|  | simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network. | 
|  |  | 
|  | See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more | 
|  | details on the external interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]`` | 
|  | Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a | 
|  | corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bmc=id`` | 
|  | The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern | 
|  | above. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ioport=val`` | 
|  | Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 | 
|  | for KCS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``irq=val`` | 
|  | Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable | 
|  | interrupts, set this to 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]`` | 
|  | Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port | 
|  | is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id`` | 
|  | Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bmc=id`` | 
|  | The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id`` | 
|  | Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]`` | 
|  | This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d | 
|  | emulation within the guest.  It supports below options: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto) | 
|  | This enables interrupt remapping feature.  It's required to enable | 
|  | complete x2apic.  Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes | 
|  | ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported. | 
|  | The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of | 
|  | kernel-irqchip. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off) | 
|  | This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device.  When | 
|  | caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an | 
|  | IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in | 
|  | a synchronous way.  It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work | 
|  | with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup | 
|  | the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off) | 
|  | This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device.  So | 
|  | far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter, | 
|  | paired with ats=on configured for the device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39) | 
|  | This decides the address width of IOVA address space.  The address | 
|  | space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for | 
|  | 4-level IOMMU page tables. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d | 
|  | emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device virtio-iommu-pci[,option=...]`` | 
|  | This is only supported by ``-machine q35`` (x86_64) and ``-machine virt`` (ARM). | 
|  | It supports below options: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``granule=val`` (possible values are 4k, 8k, 16k, 64k and host; default: host) | 
|  | This decides the default granule to be be exposed by the | 
|  | virtio-iommu. If host, the granule matches the host page size. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``aw-bits=val`` (val between 32 and 64, default depends on machine) | 
|  | This decides the address width of the IOVA address space. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name, | 
|  | "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "                set the name of the guest\n" | 
|  | "                string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n" | 
|  | "                When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n" | 
|  | "                NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-name name`` | 
|  | Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL | 
|  | window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also | 
|  | optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of | 
|  | individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid, | 
|  | "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n" | 
|  | "                specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-uuid uuid`` | 
|  | Set system UUID. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Block device options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and | 
|  | have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity | 
|  | of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often | 
|  | reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The most explicit way to describe disks is to use a combination of | 
|  | ``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to | 
|  | describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the | 
|  | backend describes how QEMU handles the data. It is the only guaranteed | 
|  | stable interface for describing block devices and as such is | 
|  | recommended for management tools and scripting. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``-drive`` option combines the device and backend into a single | 
|  | command line option which is a more human friendly. There is however no | 
|  | interface stability guarantee although some older board models still | 
|  | need updating to work with the modern blockdev forms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Older options like ``-hda`` are essentially macros which expand into | 
|  | ``-drive`` options for various drive interfaces. The original forms | 
|  | bake in a lot of assumptions from the days when QEMU was emulating a | 
|  | legacy PC, they are not recommended for modern configurations. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda, | 
|  | "-fda/-fdb file  use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-fda file`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-fdb file`` | 
|  | Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in | 
|  | the System Emulation Users Guide). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda, | 
|  | "-hda/-hdb file  use 'file' as hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc, | 
|  | "-hdc/-hdd file  use 'file' as hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-hda file`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-hdb file`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-hdc file`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-hdd file`` | 
|  | Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image on the default bus of the | 
|  | emulated machine (this is for example the IDE bus on most x86 machines, | 
|  | but it can also be SCSI, virtio or something else on other target | 
|  | architectures). See also the :ref:`disk images` chapter in the System | 
|  | Emulation Users Guide. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom, | 
|  | "-cdrom file     use 'file' as CD-ROM image\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-cdrom file`` | 
|  | Use file as CD-ROM image on the default bus of the emulated machine | 
|  | (which is IDE1 master on x86, so you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` | 
|  | at the same time there). On systems that support it, you can use the | 
|  | host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom`` as filename. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev, | 
|  | "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n" | 
|  | "          [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "          [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "          [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n" | 
|  | "          [,driver specific parameters...]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]`` | 
|  | Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all | 
|  | block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block | 
|  | driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the | 
|  | most common block drivers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can | 
|  | be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already | 
|  | existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline, | 
|  | adding options for the referenced node after a dot | 
|  | (file.filename=path,file.aio=native). | 
|  |  | 
|  | A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a | 
|  | guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property | 
|  | in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Valid options for any block driver node:`` | 
|  | ``driver`` | 
|  | Specifies the block driver to use for the given node. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``node-name`` | 
|  | This defines the name of the block driver node by which it | 
|  | will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it | 
|  | must not match the name of a different block driver node, or | 
|  | (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. | 
|  | The generated node name is not intended to be predictable | 
|  | and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an | 
|  | explicit node name must be specified. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``read-only`` | 
|  | Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, | 
|  | either generally or in certain configurations. In this case, | 
|  | the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the | 
|  | option must be specified explicitly. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``auto-read-only`` | 
|  | If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to | 
|  | read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or | 
|  | even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on | 
|  | whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user | 
|  | is attached to the node. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``force-share`` | 
|  | Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the | 
|  | node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where | 
|  | it would normally request exclusive access. When there is | 
|  | the potential for multiple instances to have the same file | 
|  | open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the | 
|  | second instance), both instances must permit shared access | 
|  | for the second instance to succeed at opening the file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cache.direct`` | 
|  | The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``. | 
|  | This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's | 
|  | memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cache.no-flush`` | 
|  | In case you don't care about data integrity over host | 
|  | failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option | 
|  | tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk | 
|  | but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes | 
|  | wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting | 
|  | disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most | 
|  | probably be rendered unusable. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``discard=discard`` | 
|  | discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") | 
|  | and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or | 
|  | ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem. | 
|  | Some machine types may not support discard requests. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes`` | 
|  | detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the | 
|  | automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to | 
|  | driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even | 
|  | choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero | 
|  | write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Driver-specific options for file`` | 
|  | This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular | 
|  | files. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``filename`` | 
|  | The path to the image file in the local filesystem | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``aio`` | 
|  | Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring, | 
|  | default: threads) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``locking`` | 
|  | Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD | 
|  | / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File | 
|  | Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied. | 
|  | (auto/on/off, default: auto) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Driver-specific options for raw`` | 
|  | This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is | 
|  | usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as | 
|  | ``file``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``file`` | 
|  | Reference to or definition of the data source block driver | 
|  | node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example 1: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img | 
|  | -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example 2: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Driver-specific options for qcow2`` | 
|  | This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is | 
|  | usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as | 
|  | ``file``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``file`` | 
|  | Reference to or definition of the data source block driver | 
|  | node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``backing`` | 
|  | Reference to or definition of the backing file block device | 
|  | (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to | 
|  | pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing | 
|  | file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``lazy-refcounts`` | 
|  | Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; | 
|  | default is taken from the image file) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cache-size`` | 
|  | The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block | 
|  | caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and | 
|  | refcount-cache-size) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``l2-cache-size`` | 
|  | The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if | 
|  | cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M | 
|  | on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible | 
|  | within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the | 
|  | minimal refcount cache size) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``refcount-cache-size`` | 
|  | The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes | 
|  | (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is | 
|  | specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2 | 
|  | cache) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cache-clean-interval`` | 
|  | Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The | 
|  | interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on | 
|  | supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it | 
|  | to 0 disables this feature. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pass-discard-request`` | 
|  | Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be | 
|  | forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if | 
|  | discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pass-discard-snapshot`` | 
|  | Whether discard requests for the data source should be | 
|  | issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) | 
|  | frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pass-discard-other`` | 
|  | Whether discard requests for the data source should be | 
|  | issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed | 
|  | (on/off; default: off) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``discard-no-unref`` | 
|  | When enabled, data clusters will remain preallocated when they are | 
|  | no longer used, e.g. because they are discarded or converted to | 
|  | zero clusters. As usual, whether the old data is discarded or kept | 
|  | on the protocol level (i.e. in the image file) depends on the | 
|  | setting of the pass-discard-request option. Keeping the clusters | 
|  | preallocated prevents qcow2 fragmentation that would otherwise be | 
|  | caused by freeing and re-allocating them later. Besides potential | 
|  | performance degradation, such fragmentation can lead to increased | 
|  | allocation of clusters past the end of the image file, | 
|  | resulting in image files whose file length can grow much larger | 
|  | than their guest disk size would suggest. | 
|  | If image file length is of concern (e.g. when storing qcow2 | 
|  | images directly on block devices), you should consider enabling | 
|  | this option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``overlap-check`` | 
|  | Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image | 
|  | (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or | 
|  | finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of | 
|  | ``blockdev-add``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example 1: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2 | 
|  | -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example 2: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Driver-specific options for other drivers`` | 
|  | Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add`` | 
|  | QMP command. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive, | 
|  | "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n" | 
|  | "       [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n" | 
|  | "       [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n" | 
|  | "       [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n" | 
|  | "       [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n" | 
|  | "       [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "       [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n" | 
|  | "       [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n" | 
|  | "       [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n" | 
|  | "       [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n" | 
|  | "       [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n" | 
|  | "       [[,iops_size=is]]\n" | 
|  | "       [[,group=g]]\n" | 
|  | "                use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]`` | 
|  | Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the | 
|  | backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for | 
|  | defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``. | 
|  | In addition, it knows the following options: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``file=file`` | 
|  | This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images` | 
|  | chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive. | 
|  | If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance, | 
|  | "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file"). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using | 
|  | protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" | 
|  | for more information. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``if=interface`` | 
|  | This option defines on which type on interface the drive is | 
|  | connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, | 
|  | pflash, virtio, none. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bus=bus,unit=unit`` | 
|  | These options define where is connected the drive by defining | 
|  | the bus number and the unit id. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``index=index`` | 
|  | This option defines where the drive is connected by using an | 
|  | index in the list of available connectors of a given interface | 
|  | type. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``media=media`` | 
|  | This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``snapshot=snapshot`` | 
|  | snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the | 
|  | given drive (see ``-snapshot``). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cache=cache`` | 
|  | cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or | 
|  | "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access | 
|  | block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct`` | 
|  | and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and | 
|  | additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for | 
|  | the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in | 
|  | ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings: | 
|  |  | 
|  | =============  ===============   ============   ============== | 
|  | \              cache.writeback   cache.direct   cache.no-flush | 
|  | =============  ===============   ============   ============== | 
|  | writeback      on                off            off | 
|  | none           on                on             off | 
|  | writethrough   off               off            off | 
|  | directsync     off               on             off | 
|  | unsafe         on                off            on | 
|  | =============  ===============   ============   ============== | 
|  |  | 
|  | The default mode is ``cache=writeback``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``aio=aio`` | 
|  | aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread | 
|  | based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``format=format`` | 
|  | Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the | 
|  | format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting | 
|  | an untrusted format header. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``werror=action,rerror=action`` | 
|  | Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid | 
|  | actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), | 
|  | "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest), | 
|  | "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the | 
|  | error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is | 
|  | ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read`` | 
|  | copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read | 
|  | backing file sectors into the image file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w`` | 
|  | Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either | 
|  | for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values | 
|  | can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum | 
|  | for disks is 2 MB/s. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm`` | 
|  | Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types | 
|  | or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike | 
|  | above the limit temporarily. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w`` | 
|  | Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for | 
|  | all request types or for reads or writes only. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm`` | 
|  | Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request | 
|  | types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to | 
|  | spike above the limit temporarily. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``iops_size=is`` | 
|  | Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops | 
|  | throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from | 
|  | circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``group=g`` | 
|  | Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that | 
|  | are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use | 
|  | this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling | 
|  | limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger | 
|  | disk. | 
|  |  | 
|  | By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report | 
|  | data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host | 
|  | page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to | 
|  | correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not | 
|  | handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or | 
|  | loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``. | 
|  | This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write | 
|  | data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after | 
|  | QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that | 
|  | this has a major impact on performance. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors | 
|  | repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow | 
|  | network. By default copy-on-read is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom | 
|  |  | 
|  | Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk | 
|  | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk | 
|  | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk | 
|  | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd | 
|  | set: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\ | 
|  | -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\ | 
|  | -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty | 
|  | drive: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom | 
|  |  | 
|  | Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy | 
|  |  | 
|  | By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically | 
|  | incremented: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b | 
|  |  | 
|  | is interpreted like: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock, | 
|  | "-mtdblock file  use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-mtdblock file`` | 
|  | Use file as on-board Flash memory image. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd, | 
|  | "-sd file        use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-sd file`` | 
|  | Use file as SecureDigital card image. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot, | 
|  | "-snapshot       write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-snapshot`` | 
|  | Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case, | 
|  | the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however | 
|  | force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images` | 
|  | chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide). | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. warning:: | 
|  | snapshot is incompatible with ``-blockdev`` (instead use qemu-img | 
|  | to manually create snapshot images to attach to your blockdev). | 
|  | If you have mixed ``-blockdev`` and ``-drive`` declarations you | 
|  | can use the 'snapshot' property on your drive declarations | 
|  | instead of this global option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev, | 
|  | "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n" | 
|  | " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n" | 
|  | " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n" | 
|  | " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n" | 
|  | " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n" | 
|  | " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n" | 
|  | " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n" | 
|  | "-fsdev synth,id=id\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]`` | 
|  | Define a new file system device. Valid options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local`` | 
|  | Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``synth`` | 
|  | Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``id=id`` | 
|  | Specifies identifier for this device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path=path`` | 
|  | Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files | 
|  | under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``security_model=security_model`` | 
|  | Specifies the security model to be used for this export path. | 
|  | Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", | 
|  | "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files | 
|  | are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the | 
|  | guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" | 
|  | security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode | 
|  | bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For | 
|  | "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden | 
|  | .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this | 
|  | security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none" | 
|  | security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't | 
|  | report failures if it fails to set file attributes like | 
|  | ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``writeout=writeout`` | 
|  | This is an optional argument. The only supported value is | 
|  | "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to | 
|  | read and write data but write notification will be sent to the | 
|  | guest only when the data has been reported as written by the | 
|  | storage subsystem. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``readonly=on`` | 
|  | Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By | 
|  | default read-write access is given. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``fmode=fmode`` | 
|  | Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. | 
|  | Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
|  | "mapped-file". | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dmode=dmode`` | 
|  | Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the | 
|  | host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
|  | "mapped-file". | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w`` | 
|  | Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either | 
|  | for all request types or for reads or writes only. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm`` | 
|  | Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types | 
|  | or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike | 
|  | above the limit temporarily. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w`` | 
|  | Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for | 
|  | all request types or for reads or writes only. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm`` | 
|  | Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request | 
|  | types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to | 
|  | spike above the limit temporarily. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``throttling.iops-size=is`` | 
|  | Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops | 
|  | throttling purposes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...". | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
|  | Options for virtio-9p-... driver are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``type`` | 
|  | Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", | 
|  | "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``fsdev=id`` | 
|  | Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
|  | Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this | 
|  | export point. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs, | 
|  | "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n" | 
|  | "        [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n" | 
|  | "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
|  | Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using | 
|  | a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain | 
|  | directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through | 
|  | file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between | 
|  | host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests | 
|  | simultaneously. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its | 
|  | generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The general form of pass-through file system options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local`` | 
|  | Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``synth`` | 
|  | Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``id=id`` | 
|  | Specifies identifier for the filesystem device | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path=path`` | 
|  | Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files | 
|  | under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``security_model=security_model`` | 
|  | Specifies the security model to be used for this export path. | 
|  | Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", | 
|  | "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files | 
|  | are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the | 
|  | guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" | 
|  | security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode | 
|  | bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For | 
|  | "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden | 
|  | .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this | 
|  | security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none" | 
|  | security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't | 
|  | report failures if it fails to set file attributes like | 
|  | ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``writeout=writeout`` | 
|  | This is an optional argument. The only supported value is | 
|  | "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to | 
|  | read and write data but write notification will be sent to the | 
|  | guest only when the data has been reported as written by the | 
|  | storage subsystem. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``readonly=on`` | 
|  | Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By | 
|  | default read-write access is given. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``fmode=fmode`` | 
|  | Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. | 
|  | Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
|  | "mapped-file". | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dmode=dmode`` | 
|  | Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the | 
|  | host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
|  | "mapped-file". | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
|  | Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this | 
|  | export point. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``multidevs=multidevs`` | 
|  | Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a | 
|  | 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or | 
|  | "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p | 
|  | expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and | 
|  | if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p | 
|  | export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on | 
|  | host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you | 
|  | should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to | 
|  | be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap" | 
|  | instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one | 
|  | export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original | 
|  | inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent | 
|  | such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required | 
|  | because the original device IDs from host are never passed and | 
|  | exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with | 
|  | virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files | 
|  | with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices | 
|  | on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence | 
|  | potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand | 
|  | assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same | 
|  | export, however it will not only log a warning message but also | 
|  | deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that | 
|  | "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access | 
|  | operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other | 
|  | devices). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi, | 
|  | "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n" | 
|  | "       [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n" | 
|  | "       [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n" | 
|  | "       [,timeout=timeout]\n" | 
|  | "                iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-iscsi`` | 
|  | Configure iSCSI session parameters. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb, | 
|  | "-usb            enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-usb`` | 
|  | Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host | 
|  | controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host | 
|  | controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case | 
|  | ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice, | 
|  | "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-usbdevice devname`` | 
|  | Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller | 
|  | if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via | 
|  | ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for | 
|  | the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be | 
|  | achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the | 
|  | desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example, | 
|  | instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use | 
|  | ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse | 
|  | to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support | 
|  | PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet). | 
|  | For more details, see the chapter about | 
|  | :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide. | 
|  | Possible devices for devname are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``braille`` | 
|  | Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille | 
|  | output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a | 
|  | corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the | 
|  | ``usb-braille`` USB device). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``keyboard`` | 
|  | Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``mouse`` | 
|  | Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when | 
|  | activated. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tablet`` | 
|  | Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a | 
|  | touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse | 
|  | position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the | 
|  | PS/2 mouse emulation when activated. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``wacom-tablet`` | 
|  | Wacom PenPartner USB tablet. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Display options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display, | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_SPICE) | 
|  | "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_SDL) | 
|  | "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "            [,window-close=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_GTK) | 
|  | "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "            [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "            [,show-menubar=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_VNC) | 
|  | "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_CURSES) | 
|  | "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_COCOA) | 
|  | "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "              [,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "              [,full-screen=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL) | 
|  | "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY) | 
|  | "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n" | 
|  | "             [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "-display none\n" | 
|  | "                select display backend type\n" | 
|  | "                The default display is equivalent to\n                " | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_GTK) | 
|  | "\"-display gtk\"\n" | 
|  | #elif defined(CONFIG_SDL) | 
|  | "\"-display sdl\"\n" | 
|  | #elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA) | 
|  | "\"-display cocoa\"\n" | 
|  | #elif defined(CONFIG_VNC) | 
|  | "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n" | 
|  | #else | 
|  | "\"-display none\"\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | , QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-display type`` | 
|  | Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available | 
|  | display types. Valid values for type are | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]`` | 
|  | Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client | 
|  | application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles | 
|  | and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dbus`` | 
|  | Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when | 
|  | already owned). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface | 
|  | will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``sdl`` | 
|  | Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics | 
|  | window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities). | 
|  | Valid parameters are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling | 
|  | the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be | 
|  | either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``show-cursor=on|off`` :  Force showing the mouse cursor | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``gtk`` | 
|  | Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides | 
|  | drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control | 
|  | the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the | 
|  | various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and | 
|  | virtual console character devices) by default. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``show-cursor=on|off`` :  Force showing the mouse cursor | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on" | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size, | 
|  | defaults to "off" | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]`` | 
|  | Display video output via curses. For graphics device models | 
|  | which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a | 
|  | curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics | 
|  | device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not | 
|  | support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models | 
|  | support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be | 
|  | specified with the ``charset`` option, for example | 
|  | ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is | 
|  | ``CP437``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cocoa`` | 
|  | Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface | 
|  | provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and | 
|  | control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``full-grab=on|off`` : Capture all key presses, including system combos. | 
|  | This requires accessibility permissions, since it | 
|  | performs a global grab on key events. | 
|  | (default: off) See | 
|  | https://support.apple.com/en-in/guide/mac-help/mh32356/mac | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``swap-opt-cmd=on|off`` : Swap the Option and Command keys so that their | 
|  | key codes match their position on non-Mac | 
|  | keyboards and you can use Meta/Super and Alt | 
|  | where you expect them.  (default: off) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``show-cursor=on|off`` :  Force showing the mouse cursor | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size, | 
|  | defaults to "off" | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]`` | 
|  | Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any | 
|  | graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either | 
|  | VNC or SPICE displays. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``vnc=<display>`` | 
|  | Start a VNC server on display <display> | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``none`` | 
|  | Do not display video output. The guest will still see an | 
|  | emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to | 
|  | the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in | 
|  | that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic | 
|  | also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port | 
|  | data. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic, | 
|  | "-nographic      disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-nographic`` | 
|  | Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it | 
|  | displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU | 
|  | monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable | 
|  | graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application. | 
|  | The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with | 
|  | the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you | 
|  | can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. | 
|  | Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_SPICE | 
|  | DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice, | 
|  | "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n" | 
|  | "       [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n" | 
|  | "       [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n" | 
|  | "       [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n" | 
|  | "       [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "       [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n" | 
|  | "       [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "       [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n" | 
|  | "       [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "       [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n" | 
|  | "       [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n" | 
|  | "                enable spice\n" | 
|  | "                at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-spice option[,option[,...]]`` | 
|  | Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``port=<nr>`` | 
|  | Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``addr=<addr>`` | 
|  | Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any | 
|  | address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off`` | 
|  | Force using the specified IP version. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``password-secret=<secret-id>`` | 
|  | Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password | 
|  | you need to authenticate. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``sasl=on|off`` | 
|  | Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice. | 
|  | The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled | 
|  | from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' | 
|  | service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If | 
|  | running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable | 
|  | SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate | 
|  | locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods | 
|  | can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended | 
|  | that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings | 
|  | to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a | 
|  | data encryption preventing compromise of authentication | 
|  | credentials. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``disable-ticketing=on|off`` | 
|  | Allow client connects without authentication. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``disable-copy-paste=on|off`` | 
|  | Disable copy paste between the client and the guest. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off`` | 
|  | Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the | 
|  | guest. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-port=<nr>`` | 
|  | Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``x509-dir=<dir>`` | 
|  | Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc | 
|  | $display,x509=$dir | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>`` | 
|  | The x509 file names can also be configured individually. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-ciphers=<list>`` | 
|  | Specify which ciphers to use. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]`` | 
|  | Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS | 
|  | encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to | 
|  | configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be | 
|  | used to set the default mode. For channels which are not | 
|  | explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to | 
|  | pick tls/plaintext as he pleases. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]`` | 
|  | Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]`` | 
|  | Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default | 
|  | is auto. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]`` | 
|  | Configure video stream detection. Default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``agent-mouse=[on|off]`` | 
|  | Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``playback-compression=[on|off]`` | 
|  | Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). | 
|  | Default is on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``seamless-migration=[on|off]`` | 
|  | Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``gl=[on|off]`` | 
|  | Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``rendernode=<file>`` | 
|  | DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will | 
|  | pick the first available. (Since 2.9) | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga, | 
|  | "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n" | 
|  | "                select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-vga type`` | 
|  | Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cirrus`` | 
|  | Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting | 
|  | from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For | 
|  | optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and | 
|  | the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``std`` | 
|  | Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS | 
|  | supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if | 
|  | you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you | 
|  | should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU | 
|  | 2.2) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``vmware`` | 
|  | VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have | 
|  | sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a | 
|  | driver for this card. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``qxl`` | 
|  | QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including | 
|  | VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers | 
|  | installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice | 
|  | protocol. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tcx`` | 
|  | (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default | 
|  | framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit | 
|  | colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cg3`` | 
|  | (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit | 
|  | framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 | 
|  | (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people | 
|  | wishing to run older Solaris versions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``virtio`` | 
|  | Virtio VGA card. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``none`` | 
|  | Disable VGA card. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen, | 
|  | "-full-screen    start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-full-screen`` | 
|  | Start in full screen. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g , | 
|  | "-g WxH[xDEPTH]  Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]`` | 
|  | Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only). | 
|  |  | 
|  | For PPC the default is 800x600x32. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8 | 
|  | with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is | 
|  | 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use | 
|  | OBP. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VNC | 
|  | DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc , | 
|  | "-vnc <display>  shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]`` | 
|  | Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it | 
|  | displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU | 
|  | monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on | 
|  | VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC | 
|  | session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when | 
|  | using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the | 
|  | VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard | 
|  | layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``to=L`` | 
|  | With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays, | 
|  | until the number L, if the originally defined "-vnc display" is | 
|  | not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another | 
|  | application. By default, to=0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``host:d`` | 
|  | TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By | 
|  | convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be | 
|  | omitted in which case the server will accept connections from | 
|  | any host. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``unix:path`` | 
|  | Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path | 
|  | is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``none`` | 
|  | VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change`` | 
|  | command can be used to later start the VNC server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Following the display value there may be one or more option flags | 
|  | separated by commas. Valid options are | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``reverse=on|off`` | 
|  | Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection. | 
|  | The client is specified by the display. For reverse network | 
|  | connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port | 
|  | number, not a display number. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``websocket=on|off`` | 
|  | Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC | 
|  | Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the | 
|  | Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be | 
|  | specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this | 
|  | host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address | 
|  | independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Websocket could be allowed over UNIX domain socket, using the syntax | 
|  | ``websocket``\ =unix:path, where path is the location of a unix socket | 
|  | to listen for connections on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection | 
|  | runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the | 
|  | websocket connection requires encrypted client connections. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``password=on|off`` | 
|  | Require that password based authentication is used for client | 
|  | connections. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The password must be set separately using the ``set_password`` | 
|  | command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The | 
|  | syntax to change your password is: | 
|  | ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be | 
|  | either "vnc" or "spice". | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you | 
|  | should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>`` | 
|  | where expiration time could be one of the following options: | 
|  | now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to | 
|  | make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make | 
|  | password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for | 
|  | this date and time). | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration | 
|  | time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never | 
|  | expire. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``password-secret=<secret-id>`` | 
|  | Require that password based authentication is used for client | 
|  | connections, using the password provided by the ``secret`` | 
|  | object identified by ``secret-id``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-creds=ID`` | 
|  | Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the | 
|  | VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket | 
|  | and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials | 
|  | will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth | 
|  | mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created | 
|  | using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-authz=ID`` | 
|  | Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which | 
|  | the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object | 
|  | is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated | 
|  | on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will | 
|  | default to denying access. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``sasl=on|off`` | 
|  | Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC | 
|  | server. The exact choice of authentication method used is | 
|  | controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for | 
|  | the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in | 
|  | /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, | 
|  | an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it | 
|  | search alternate locations for the service config. While some | 
|  | SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), | 
|  | it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' | 
|  | and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server | 
|  | certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing | 
|  | compromise of authentication credentials. See the | 
|  | :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide | 
|  | for details on using SASL authentication. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``sasl-authz=ID`` | 
|  | Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which | 
|  | the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only | 
|  | resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the | 
|  | fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default | 
|  | to denying access. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``acl=on|off`` | 
|  | Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the | 
|  | x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the | 
|  | creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of | 
|  | ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these | 
|  | objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new | 
|  | ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``lossy=on|off`` | 
|  | Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this | 
|  | option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates | 
|  | depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can | 
|  | save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``non-adaptive=on|off`` | 
|  | Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by | 
|  | default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently | 
|  | updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using | 
|  | a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save | 
|  | bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings | 
|  | restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]`` | 
|  | Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to | 
|  | ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is | 
|  | implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple | 
|  | clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared | 
|  | session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. | 
|  | 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for | 
|  | shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting | 
|  | specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely | 
|  | ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect | 
|  | unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is | 
|  | traditional QEMU behavior. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``key-delay-ms`` | 
|  | Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in | 
|  | milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth | 
|  | devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep | 
|  | up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk. | 
|  | Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or | 
|  | scripts for automated testing. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``audiodev=audiodev`` | 
|  | Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio | 
|  | transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option | 
|  | must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a | 
|  | valid audiodev. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``power-control=on|off`` | 
|  | Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power | 
|  | control requests. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack, | 
|  | "-win2k-hack     use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-win2k-hack`` | 
|  | Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After | 
|  | Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this | 
|  | option slows down the IDE transfers).  Synonym of ``-global | 
|  | ide-device.win2k-install-hack=on``. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk, | 
|  | "-no-fd-bootchk  disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-no-fd-bootchk`` | 
|  | Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be | 
|  | needed to boot from old floppy disks.  Synonym of ``-m fd-bootchk=off``. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable, | 
|  | "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n" | 
|  | "                ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]`` | 
|  | Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from | 
|  | specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified | 
|  | files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other | 
|  | options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all | 
|  | header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table | 
|  | is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id | 
|  | fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. | 
|  | FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the | 
|  | Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios, | 
|  | "-smbios file=binary\n" | 
|  | "                load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n" | 
|  | "              [,uefi=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
|  | "              [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
|  | "              [,asset=str][,location=str]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n" | 
|  | "              [,sku=str]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
|  | "              [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n" | 
|  | "              [,processor-family=%d][,processor-id=%d]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
|  | "               [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n" | 
|  | "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n" | 
|  | "                specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-smbios file=binary`` | 
|  | Load SMBIOS entry from binary file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-family=%d][,processor-id=%d]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=9[,slot_designation=str][,slot_type=%d][,slot_data_bus_width=%d][,current_usage=%d][,slot_length=%d][,slot_id=%d][,slot_characteristics1=%d][,slot_characteristics12=%d][,pci_device=str]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 9 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed. | 
|  | Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as | 
|  | a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications | 
|  | concurrently. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax | 
|  | loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to | 
|  | the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535 | 
|  | bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the | 
|  | guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real | 
|  | data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An example passing three strings is | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\ | 
|  | value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\ | 
|  | path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | $ dmidecode -t 11 | 
|  | Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes | 
|  | OEM Strings | 
|  | String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/ | 
|  | String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os | 
|  | String 3: myapp:some extra data | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]`` | 
|  | Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields | 
|  |  | 
|  | This argument can be repeated multiple times.  Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created | 
|  | as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface | 
|  | position on the PCI bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Here is an example of use: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -netdev user,id=internet \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\ | 
|  | -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ..parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | $ ip -brief l | 
|  | lo               UNKNOWN        00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> | 
|  | eno1             UP             50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> | 
|  |  | 
|  | Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Network options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev, | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP | 
|  | "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n" | 
|  | "         [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n" | 
|  | "         [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n" | 
|  | "         [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n" | 
|  | "         [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]" | 
|  | #ifndef _WIN32 | 
|  | "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "                configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n" | 
|  | "                its DHCP server and optional services\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef _WIN32 | 
|  | "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n" | 
|  | "                configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n" | 
|  | #else | 
|  | "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n" | 
|  | "         [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "         [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n" | 
|  | "         [,poll-us=n]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n" | 
|  | "                connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n" | 
|  | "                use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n" | 
|  | "                to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n" | 
|  | "                to deconfigure it\n" | 
|  | "                use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n" | 
|  | "                use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n" | 
|  | "                configure it\n" | 
|  | "                use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n" | 
|  | "                use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n" | 
|  | "                use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n" | 
|  | "                default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n" | 
|  | "                use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n" | 
|  | "                use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n" | 
|  | "                use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n" | 
|  | "                    (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n" | 
|  | "                use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n" | 
|  | "                use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n" | 
|  | "                use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n" | 
|  | "                use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n" | 
|  | "                use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n" | 
|  | "                spent on busy polling for vhost net\n" | 
|  | "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n" | 
|  | "                connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n" | 
|  | "                using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef __linux__ | 
|  | "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n" | 
|  | "         [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "         [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n" | 
|  | "         [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n" | 
|  | "                an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n" | 
|  | "                Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n" | 
|  | "                L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n" | 
|  | "                VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n" | 
|  | "                standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n" | 
|  | "                pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n" | 
|  | "                use 'src=' to specify source address\n" | 
|  | "                use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n" | 
|  | "                use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n" | 
|  | "                use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n" | 
|  | "                use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n" | 
|  | "                use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n" | 
|  | "                L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n" | 
|  | "                well as a weak security measure\n" | 
|  | "                use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n" | 
|  | "                use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n" | 
|  | "                use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n" | 
|  | "                use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n" | 
|  | "                use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n" | 
|  | "                use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
|  | "                using a socket connection\n" | 
|  | "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n" | 
|  | "                use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n" | 
|  | "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
|  | "                using an UDP tunnel\n" | 
|  | "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n" | 
|  | "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n" | 
|  | "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
|  | "                using a socket connection in stream mode.\n" | 
|  | "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n" | 
|  | "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n" | 
|  | "                use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n" | 
|  | "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n" | 
|  | "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n" | 
|  | "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
|  | "                using an UDP tunnel\n" | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE | 
|  | "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n" | 
|  | "                running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n" | 
|  | "                Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n" | 
|  | "                ownership and permissions for communication port.\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP | 
|  | "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n" | 
|  | "                attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n" | 
|  | "                VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n" | 
|  | "                netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP | 
|  | "-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "         [,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]\n" | 
|  | "                attach to the existing network interface 'name' with AF_XDP socket\n" | 
|  | "                use 'mode=MODE' to specify an XDP program attach mode\n" | 
|  | "                use 'force-copy=on|off' to force XDP copy mode even if device supports zero-copy (default: off)\n" | 
|  | "                use 'inhibit=on|off' to inhibit loading of a default XDP program (default: off)\n" | 
|  | "                with inhibit=on,\n" | 
|  | "                  use 'sock-fds' to provide file descriptors for already open AF_XDP sockets\n" | 
|  | "                  added to a socket map in XDP program.  One socket per queue.\n" | 
|  | "                use 'queues=n' to specify how many queues of a multiqueue interface should be used\n" | 
|  | "                use 'start-queue=m' to specify the first queue that should be used\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX | 
|  | "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef __linux__ | 
|  | "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n" | 
|  | "                use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n" | 
|  | "                use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VMNET | 
|  | "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n" | 
|  | "         [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n" | 
|  | "                isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n" | 
|  | "                configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n" | 
|  | "                specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n" | 
|  | "                vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n" | 
|  | "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n" | 
|  | "         [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n" | 
|  | "                configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n" | 
|  | "                set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n" | 
|  | "                isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n" | 
|  | "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n" | 
|  | "                use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n" | 
|  | "                isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n" | 
|  | "                configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic, | 
|  | "-nic [tap|bridge|" | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP | 
|  | "user|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef __linux__ | 
|  | "l2tpv3|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE | 
|  | "vde|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP | 
|  | "netmap|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP | 
|  | "af-xdp|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX | 
|  | "vhost-user|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VMNET | 
|  | "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n" | 
|  | "                initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n" | 
|  | "                macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n" | 
|  | "-nic none       use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n" | 
|  | "                provided a 'user' network connection)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net, | 
|  | "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n" | 
|  | "                configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n" | 
|  | "                connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n" | 
|  | "-net [" | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP | 
|  | "user|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "tap|" | 
|  | "bridge|" | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE | 
|  | "vde|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP | 
|  | "netmap|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP | 
|  | "af-xdp|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_VMNET | 
|  | "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n" | 
|  | "                old way to initialize a host network interface\n" | 
|  | "                (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|af-xdp|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]`` | 
|  | This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board | 
|  | (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. | 
|  | The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding | 
|  | ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with | 
|  | ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device | 
|  | types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic`` | 
|  | can be used to shorten the command line length: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32 | 
|  | |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-nic none`` | 
|  | Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to | 
|  | override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host | 
|  | network backend) which is activated if no other networking options | 
|  | are provided. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]`` | 
|  | Configure user mode host network backend which requires no | 
|  | administrator privilege to run. Valid options are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``id=id`` | 
|  | Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off`` | 
|  | Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is | 
|  | specified both protocols are enabled. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``net=addr[/mask]`` | 
|  | Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify | 
|  | the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid | 
|  | top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``host=addr`` | 
|  | Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the | 
|  | 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]`` | 
|  | Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is | 
|  | fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal | 
|  | IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given | 
|  | as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv6-host=addr`` | 
|  | Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is | 
|  | the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``restrict=on|off`` | 
|  | If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it | 
|  | will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets | 
|  | will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does | 
|  | not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``hostname=name`` | 
|  | Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP | 
|  | server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dhcpstart=addr`` | 
|  | Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can | 
|  | assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, | 
|  | i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dns=addr`` | 
|  | Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The | 
|  | address must be different from the host address. Default is the | 
|  | 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv6-dns=addr`` | 
|  | Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual | 
|  | nameserver. The address must be different from the host address. | 
|  | Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dnssearch=domain`` | 
|  | Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the | 
|  | built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be | 
|  | transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If | 
|  | supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to | 
|  | append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not | 
|  | be resolved. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``domainname=domain`` | 
|  | Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP | 
|  | server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tftp=dir`` | 
|  | When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP | 
|  | server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP | 
|  | server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in | 
|  | binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client). | 
|  | The built-in TFTP server is read-only; it does not implement any | 
|  | command for writing files. QEMU will not write to this directory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tftp-server-name=name`` | 
|  | In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name" | 
|  | (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to | 
|  | load boot files or configurations from a different server than | 
|  | the host address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bootfile=file`` | 
|  | When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the | 
|  | BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used | 
|  | to network boot a guest from a local directory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (using pxelinux): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\ | 
|  | -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]`` | 
|  | When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB | 
|  | server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in | 
|  | ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be | 
|  | set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, | 
|  | i.e. x.x.x.4. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the guest Windows OS, the line: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | 10.0.2.4 smbserver | 
|  |  | 
|  | must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows | 
|  | 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows | 
|  | NT/2000). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport`` | 
|  | Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port | 
|  | hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port | 
|  | guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 | 
|  | (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By | 
|  | specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host | 
|  | interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This | 
|  | option can be given multiple times. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to | 
|  | guest screen 0, use the following: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # on the host | 
|  | |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000 | 
|  | # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server | 
|  | xterm -display :1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet | 
|  | port on the guest, use the following: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # on the host | 
|  | |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23 | 
|  | telnet localhost 5555 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you | 
|  | connect to the guest telnet server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command`` | 
|  | Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port | 
|  | port to the character device dev or to a program executed by | 
|  | cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option | 
|  | can be given multiple times. | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used | 
|  | throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever | 
|  | # the guest accesses it | 
|  | |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established | 
|  | by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process | 
|  | for that virtual server: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234 | 
|  | # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout | 
|  | |qemu_system| -nic  'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321' | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]`` | 
|  | Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use the network script file to configure it and the network script | 
|  | dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS | 
|  | automatically provides one. The default network configure script is | 
|  | ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is | 
|  | ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to | 
|  | disable script execution. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper | 
|  | to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge. | 
|  | The default network helper executable is | 
|  | ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is | 
|  | ``br0``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened | 
|  | host TAP interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Examples: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected | 
|  | #to a TAP device | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\ | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to | 
|  | #connect a TAP device to bridge br0 | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper" | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]`` | 
|  | Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and | 
|  | attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is | 
|  | ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is | 
|  | ``br0``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Examples: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to | 
|  | #connect a TAP device to bridge br0 | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to | 
|  | #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0 | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]`` | 
|  | This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network | 
|  | to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If | 
|  | ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port | 
|  | (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU | 
|  | instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an | 
|  | already opened TCP socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # launch a first QEMU instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234 | 
|  | # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]`` | 
|  | Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network | 
|  | traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast | 
|  | socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast | 
|  | address maddr and port. NOTES: | 
|  |  | 
|  | 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus | 
|  | (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts). | 
|  |  | 
|  | 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument | 
|  | ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net. | 
|  |  | 
|  | 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # launch one QEMU instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 | 
|  | # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus" | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 | 
|  | # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus" | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (User Mode Linux compat.): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default) | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102 | 
|  | # launch UML | 
|  | /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual machine or a proxy using a TCP/IP socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``server=on|off`` | 
|  | if ``on`` create a server socket | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``addr.host=host,addr.port=port`` | 
|  | socket address to listen on (server=on) or connect to (server=off) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``to=maxport`` | 
|  | if present, this is range of possible addresses, with port between ``port`` and ``maxport``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``numeric=on|off`` | 
|  | if ``on`` ``host`` and ``port`` are guaranteed to be numeric, otherwise a name resolution should be attempted (default: ``off``) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``keep-alive=on|off`` | 
|  | enable keep-alive when connecting to this socket.  Not supported for passive sockets. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``mptcp=on|off`` | 
|  | enable multipath TCP | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv4=on|off`` | 
|  | whether to accept IPv4 addresses, default to try both IPv4 and IPv6 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv6=on|off`` | 
|  | whether to accept IPv6 addresses, default to try both IPv4 and IPv6 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``reconnect-ms=milliseconds`` | 
|  | for a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of milliseconds. | 
|  | Setting this to zero disables this function.  (default: 0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (two guests connected using a TCP/IP socket): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # first VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev stream,id=net0,server=on,addr.type=inet,addr.host=localhost,addr.port=1234 | 
|  | # second VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
|  | -netdev stream,id=net0,server=off,addr.type=inet,addr.host=localhost,addr.port=1234,reconnect-ms=5000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual machine or a proxy using a stream oriented unix domain socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``server=on|off`` | 
|  | if ``on`` create a server socket | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``addr.path=path`` | 
|  | filesystem path to use | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``abstract=on|off`` | 
|  | if ``on``, this is a Linux abstract socket address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tight=on|off`` | 
|  | if false, pad an abstract socket address with enough null bytes to make it fill struct sockaddr_un member sun_path. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``reconnect-ms=milliseconds`` | 
|  | for a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of milliseconds. | 
|  | Setting this to zero disables this function.  (default: 0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (using passt as a replacement of -netdev user): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # start passt server as a non privileged user | 
|  | passt | 
|  | UNIX domain socket bound at /tmp/passt_1.socket | 
|  | # start QEMU to connect to passt | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0 \\ | 
|  | -netdev stream,id=net0,server=off,addr.type=unix,addr.path=/tmp/passt_1.socket | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (two guests connected using a stream oriented unix domain socket): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # first VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | netdev stream,id=net0,server=on,addr.type=unix,addr.path=/tmp/qemu0 | 
|  | # second VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
|  | -netdev stream,id=net0,server=off,addr.type=unix,addr.path=/tmp/qemu0,reconnect-ms=5000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual machine or a proxy using a stream oriented socket file descriptor. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``server=on|off`` | 
|  | if ``on`` create a server socket | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``addr.str=file-descriptor`` | 
|  | file descriptor number to use as a socket | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``reconnect-ms=milliseconds`` | 
|  | for a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of milliseconds. | 
|  | Setting this to zero disables this function.  (default: 0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to a multicast address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port`` | 
|  | multicast address | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local.host=addr`` | 
|  | specify the host address to send packets from | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # launch one QEMU instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,remote.type=inet,remote.host=224.0.0.1,remote.port=1234 | 
|  | # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus" | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,remote.type=inet,remote.host=224.0.0.1,remote.port=1234 | 
|  | # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus" | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,remote.type=inet,remote.host=224.0.0.1,remote.port=1234 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to a multicast address using a UDP socket file descriptor. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port`` | 
|  | multicast address | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local.str=file-descriptor`` | 
|  | File descriptor to use to send packets | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual | 
|  | machine or a proxy using a datagram oriented unix domain socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local.host=addr,local.port=port`` | 
|  | IP address to use to send the packets from | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``remote.host=addr,remote.port=port`` | 
|  | Destination IP address | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (two guests connected using an UDP/IP socket): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # first VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=inet,local.host=localhost,local.port=1234,remote.type=inet,remote.host=localhost,remote.port=1235 | 
|  | # second VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=inet,local.host=localhost,local.port=1235,remote.type=inet,remote.host=localhost,remote.port=1234 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual | 
|  | machine or a proxy using a datagram oriented unix socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local.path=path`` | 
|  | filesystem path to use to bind the socket | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``remote.path=path`` | 
|  | filesystem path to use as a destination (see sendto(2)) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example (two guests connected using an UDP/UNIX socket): | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # first VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=unix,local.path=/tmp/qemu0,remote.type=unix,remote.path=/tmp/qemu1 | 
|  | # second VM | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
|  | -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=unix,local.path=/tmp/qemu1,remote.type=unix,remote.path=/tmp/qemu0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor`` | 
|  | Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual | 
|  | machine or a proxy using a datagram oriented socket file descriptor. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``local.str=file-descriptor`` | 
|  | File descriptor to use to send packets | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64=on|off][,counter=on|off][,pincounter=on|off][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]`` | 
|  | Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931) | 
|  | is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data | 
|  | frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and | 
|  | the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards). | 
|  |  | 
|  | This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or | 
|  | firewall directly. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``src=srcaddr`` | 
|  | source address (mandatory) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dst=dstaddr`` | 
|  | destination address (mandatory) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``udp=on`` | 
|  | select udp encapsulation (default is ip). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``srcport=srcport`` | 
|  | source udp port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``dstport=dstport`` | 
|  | destination udp port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv6=on`` | 
|  | force v6, otherwise defaults to v4. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie`` | 
|  | Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification. | 
|  | Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default | 
|  | they are 32 bit. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cookie64=on`` | 
|  | Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``counter=off`` | 
|  | Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in | 
|  | draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pincounter=on`` | 
|  | Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help | 
|  | on networks which have packet reorder. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``offset=offset`` | 
|  | Add an extra offset between header and data | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to | 
|  | the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation | 
|  | # on 1.2.3.4 | 
|  | ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\ | 
|  | encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384 | 
|  | ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\ | 
|  | 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF | 
|  | ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500 | 
|  | ifconfig vmtunnel0 up | 
|  | brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0 | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | # on 4.3.2.1 | 
|  | # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\ | 
|  | -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp=on,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter=on | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]`` | 
|  | Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running | 
|  | on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use | 
|  | GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and | 
|  | permissions for communication port. This option is only available if | 
|  | QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # launch vde switch | 
|  | vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch | 
|  | # launch QEMU instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off][,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]`` | 
|  | Configure AF_XDP backend to connect to a network interface 'name' | 
|  | using AF_XDP socket.  A specific program attach mode for a default | 
|  | XDP program can be forced with 'mode', defaults to best-effort, | 
|  | where the likely most performant mode will be in use.  Number of queues | 
|  | 'n' should generally match the number or queues in the interface, | 
|  | defaults to 1.  Traffic arriving on non-configured device queues will | 
|  | not be delivered to the network backend. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # set number of queues to 4 | 
|  | ethtool -L eth0 combined 4 | 
|  | # launch QEMU instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
|  | -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=4 | 
|  |  | 
|  | 'start-queue' option can be specified if a particular range of queues | 
|  | [m, m + n] should be in use.  For example, this is may be necessary in | 
|  | order to use certain NICs in native mode.  Kernel allows the driver to | 
|  | create a separate set of XDP queues on top of regular ones, and only | 
|  | these queues can be used for AF_XDP sockets.  NICs that work this way | 
|  | may also require an additional traffic redirection with ethtool to these | 
|  | special queues. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # set number of queues to 1 | 
|  | ethtool -L eth0 combined 1 | 
|  | # redirect all the traffic to the second queue (id: 1) | 
|  | # note: drivers may require non-empty key/mask pair. | 
|  | ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\ | 
|  | dst 00:00:00:00:00:00 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1 | 
|  | ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\ | 
|  | dst 00:00:00:00:00:01 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1 | 
|  | # launch QEMU instance | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
|  | -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=1,start-queue=1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | XDP program can also be loaded externally.  In this case 'inhibit' option | 
|  | should be set to 'on' and 'sock-fds' provided with file descriptors for | 
|  | already open but not bound XDP sockets already added to a socket map for | 
|  | corresponding queues.  One socket per queue. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
|  | -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=3,inhibit=on,sock-fds=15:16:17 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]`` | 
|  | Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev | 
|  | should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a | 
|  | specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement | 
|  | messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On | 
|  | non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use | 
|  | 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for | 
|  | multiqueue vhost-user. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \ | 
|  | -numa node,memdev=mem \ | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \ | 
|  | -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \ | 
|  | -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]`` | 
|  | Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev. | 
|  |  | 
|  | vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with | 
|  | the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path. | 
|  | vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or | 
|  | emulated by software. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]`` | 
|  | Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub | 
|  | instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the | 
|  | hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd`` | 
|  | option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]`` | 
|  | Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine | 
|  | default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the | 
|  | emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd. | 
|  | If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the | 
|  | machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in | 
|  | future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify | 
|  | a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the | 
|  | device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be | 
|  | assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you | 
|  | can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have; | 
|  | this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to | 
|  | disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is | 
|  | created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card. | 
|  | Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your | 
|  | target. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]`` | 
|  | Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to | 
|  | the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 | 
|  | (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Character device options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev, | 
|  | "-chardev help\n" | 
|  | "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "         [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds][,mux=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "         [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n" | 
|  | "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n" | 
|  | "         [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n" | 
|  | "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n" | 
|  | "         [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "         [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n" | 
|  | "         [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #ifdef _WIN32 | 
|  | "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #else | 
|  | "-chardev pty,id=id[,path=path][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI | 
|  | "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ | 
|  | || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) | 
|  | "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) | 
|  | "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_SPICE) | 
|  | "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | , QEMU_ARCH_ALL | 
|  | ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | The general form of a character device option is: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]`` | 
|  | Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``, | 
|  | ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``, | 
|  | ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``, | 
|  | ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the | 
|  | applicable options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types. | 
|  |  | 
|  | All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 | 
|  | characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in | 
|  | other command line directives. | 
|  |  | 
|  | A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple | 
|  | front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is | 
|  | a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev | 
|  | backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk | 
|  | to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and | 
|  | ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID, | 
|  | and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev | 
|  | ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be | 
|  | connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing | 
|  | enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For | 
|  | instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be | 
|  | used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \ | 
|  | -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \ | 
|  | -serial chardev:char0 \ | 
|  | -serial chardev:char0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; | 
|  | for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 | 
|  | and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a | 
|  | parallel port: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \ | 
|  | -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \ | 
|  | -parallel chardev:char0 \ | 
|  | -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \ | 
|  | -serial chardev:char1 \ | 
|  | -serial chardev:char1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape | 
|  | sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about | 
|  | :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the | 
|  | System Emulation Users Guide for more details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that some other command line options may implicitly create | 
|  | multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio`` | 
|  | creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and | 
|  | the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console | 
|  | and the monitor to stdio. | 
|  |  | 
|  | There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other | 
|  | direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from | 
|  | multiple chardevs). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the | 
|  | path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The | 
|  | ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated | 
|  | or appended to when opened. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The available backends are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev null,id=id`` | 
|  | A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any | 
|  | data it receives. The null backend does not take any options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]`` | 
|  | Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix | 
|  | socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified. | 
|  | Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix | 
|  | socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client | 
|  | to connect to a listening socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret | 
|  | telnet escape sequences. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for | 
|  | communication. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``reconnect-ms`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server | 
|  | sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many | 
|  | milliseconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, | 
|  | and is the default. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for | 
|  | encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for | 
|  | the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the | 
|  | ``-object tls-creds`` argument. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object | 
|  | against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be | 
|  | validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be | 
|  | deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active. | 
|  | If missing, it will default to denying access. | 
|  |  | 
|  | TCP and unix socket options are given below: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]`` | 
|  | ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to | 
|  | be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to | 
|  | connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not | 
|  | specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be | 
|  | bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote | 
|  | host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port | 
|  | number or a service name. ``port`` is required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is | 
|  | specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to | 
|  | bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it | 
|  | succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 | 
|  | or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may | 
|  | use either protocol. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]`` | 
|  | ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path`` | 
|  | is required. | 
|  | ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace, | 
|  | rather than the filesystem.  Optional, defaults to false. | 
|  | ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum, | 
|  | rather than the full sun_path length.  Optional, defaults to true. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]`` | 
|  | Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified | 
|  | it defaults to ``localhost``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. | 
|  | ``port`` is required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not | 
|  | specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified | 
|  | any available local port will be used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used. | 
|  | If neither is specified the device may use either protocol. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev msmouse,id=id`` | 
|  | Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse`` | 
|  | does not take any options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]`` | 
|  | Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a | 
|  | specific size. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively | 
|  | of the console, in pixels. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a | 
|  | text console with the given dimensions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]`` | 
|  | Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power | 
|  | of two and defaults to ``64K``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]`` | 
|  | Log all traffic received from the guest to a file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will | 
|  | be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. | 
|  | ``path`` is required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file | 
|  | which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified, | 
|  | no input will be available from the chardev. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path`` | 
|  | Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs | 
|  | slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts: | 
|  |  | 
|  | On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at | 
|  | ``\\.pipe\path``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and | 
|  | ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the | 
|  | guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU | 
|  | will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is | 
|  | required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev console,id=id`` | 
|  | Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console`` | 
|  | does not take any options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path`` | 
|  | Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host. | 
|  |  | 
|  | On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only | 
|  | serial lines. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev pty,id=id[,path=path]`` | 
|  | Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If ``path`` is specified, QEMU will create a symbolic link at | 
|  | that location which points to the new PTY device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This avoids having to make QMP or HMP monitor queries to find out | 
|  | what the new PTY device path is. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that while QEMU will remove the symlink when it exits | 
|  | gracefully, it will not do so in case of crashes or on certain | 
|  | startup errors. It is recommended that the user checks and removes | 
|  | the symlink after QEMU terminates to account for this. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]`` | 
|  | Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that | 
|  | includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option | 
|  | is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev braille,id=id`` | 
|  | Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any | 
|  | options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD | 
|  | hosts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Connect to a local parallel port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is | 
|  | required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name`` | 
|  | ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to | 
|  |  | 
|  | Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name`` | 
|  | ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``name`` name of spice port to connect to | 
|  |  | 
|  | Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the | 
|  | traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_TPM | 
|  | DEFHEADING(TPM device options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \ | 
|  | "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n" | 
|  | "                use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n" | 
|  | "                use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n" | 
|  | "                not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n" | 
|  | "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n" | 
|  | "                configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | The general form of a TPM device option is: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]`` | 
|  | The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The | 
|  | ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a | 
|  | ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The available backends are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path`` | 
|  | (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the | 
|  | passthrough driver. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a | 
|  | Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by | 
|  | default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs | 
|  | entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command. | 
|  | ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the | 
|  | sysfs entry to use. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver: | 
|  |  | 
|  | The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used | 
|  | by any other application on the host. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the | 
|  | TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize | 
|  | the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that | 
|  | would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the | 
|  | user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if | 
|  | TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will | 
|  | get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again | 
|  | afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to | 
|  | enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM | 
|  | is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail. | 
|  |  | 
|  | To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by | 
|  | ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev`` | 
|  | (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain | 
|  | socket based chardev backend. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend | 
|  | that provides connection to the software TPM server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0 | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel | 
|  | - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot | 
|  | - direct kernel image boot | 
|  | - manually load files into the guest's address space | 
|  |  | 
|  | The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is | 
|  | no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the | 
|  | hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact | 
|  | configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob) | 
|  | which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are | 
|  | often hardware specific. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the | 
|  | guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type | 
|  | development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into | 
|  | account. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  |  | 
|  | For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally | 
|  | do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the | 
|  | more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the | 
|  | flash device for the given machine type. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for | 
|  | more detailed documentation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \ | 
|  | "-bios file      set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-bios file`` | 
|  | Set the filename for the BIOS. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash, | 
|  | "-pflash file    use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-pflash file`` | 
|  | Use file as a parallel flash image. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  |  | 
|  | The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although | 
|  | other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel | 
|  | executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually | 
|  | architecture specific. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at, | 
|  | what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state | 
|  | of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture | 
|  | specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the | 
|  | Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \ | 
|  | "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-kernel bzImage`` | 
|  | Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel | 
|  | or in multiboot format. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("shim", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_shim, \ | 
|  | "-shim shim.efi use 'shim.efi' to boot the kernel\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-shim shim.efi`` | 
|  | Use 'shim.efi' to boot the kernel | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \ | 
|  | "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-append cmdline`` | 
|  | Use cmdline as kernel command line | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \ | 
|  | "-initrd file    use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST(initrd) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-initrd file`` | 
|  | Use file as initial ram disk. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"`` | 
|  | This syntax is only available with multiboot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass ``arg=foo`` as parameter to the | 
|  | first module. Commas can be provided in module parameters by doubling | 
|  | them on the command line to escape them: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-initrd "bzImage earlyprintk=xen,,keep root=/dev/xvda1,initrd.img"`` | 
|  | Multiboot only. Use bzImage as the first module with | 
|  | "``earlyprintk=xen,keep root=/dev/xvda1``" as its command line, | 
|  | and initrd.img as the second module. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \ | 
|  | "-dtb    file    use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-dtb file`` | 
|  | Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the | 
|  | kernel on boot. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  |  | 
|  | Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address | 
|  | space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already | 
|  | know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane | 
|  | will happen when the reset vector executes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]`` | 
|  |  | 
|  | there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but | 
|  | tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where | 
|  | the guest image is: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]`` | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat, | 
|  | "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n" | 
|  | "                Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n" | 
|  | "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n" | 
|  | "                Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]`` | 
|  | Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental): | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default) | 
|  | Accept deprecated commands and arguments | 
|  | ``deprecated-input=reject`` | 
|  | Reject deprecated commands and arguments | 
|  | ``deprecated-input=crash`` | 
|  | Crash on deprecated commands and arguments | 
|  | ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default) | 
|  | Emit deprecated command results and events | 
|  | ``deprecated-output=hide`` | 
|  | Suppress deprecated command results and events | 
|  |  | 
|  | Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]`` | 
|  | Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental): | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``unstable-input=accept`` (default) | 
|  | Accept unstable commands and arguments | 
|  | ``unstable-input=reject`` | 
|  | Reject unstable commands and arguments | 
|  | ``unstable-input=crash`` | 
|  | Crash on unstable commands and arguments | 
|  | ``unstable-output=accept`` (default) | 
|  | Emit unstable command results and events | 
|  | ``unstable-output=hide`` | 
|  | Suppress unstable command results and events | 
|  |  | 
|  | Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg, | 
|  | "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n" | 
|  | "                add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n" | 
|  | "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n" | 
|  | "                add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file`` | 
|  | Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file. | 
|  | If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance, | 
|  | "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file"). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str`` | 
|  | Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str. | 
|  | If the string contains comma, you must double it (for instance, | 
|  | "string=my,,string" to use file "my,string"). | 
|  |  | 
|  | The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be | 
|  | included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with | 
|  | embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin | 
|  |  | 
|  | creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents | 
|  | from ./my\_blob.bin. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \ | 
|  | "-serial dev     redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-serial dev`` | 
|  | Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The | 
|  | default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non | 
|  | graphical mode. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option can be used several times to simulate multiple serial | 
|  | ports. | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can use ``-serial none`` to suppress the creation of default | 
|  | serial devices. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Available character devices are: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``vc[:WxH]`` | 
|  | Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in | 
|  | pixel with | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | vc:800x600 | 
|  |  | 
|  | It is also possible to specify width or height in characters: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | vc:80Cx24C | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pty[:path]`` | 
|  | [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated). | 
|  |  | 
|  | If ``path`` is specified, QEMU will create a symbolic link at | 
|  | that location which points to the new PTY device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This avoids having to make QMP or HMP monitor queries to find | 
|  | out what the new PTY device path is. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that while QEMU will remove the symlink when it exits | 
|  | gracefully, it will not do so in case of crashes or on certain | 
|  | startup errors. It is recommended that the user checks and | 
|  | removes the symlink after QEMU terminates to account for this. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``none`` | 
|  | No device is allocated. Note that for machine types which | 
|  | emulate systems where a serial device is always present in | 
|  | real hardware, this may be equivalent to the ``null`` option, | 
|  | in that the serial device is still present but all output | 
|  | is discarded. For boards where the number of serial ports is | 
|  | truly variable, this suppresses the creation of the device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``null`` | 
|  | A guest will see the UART or serial device as present in the | 
|  | machine, but all output is discarded, and there is no input. | 
|  | Conceptually equivalent to redirecting the output to ``/dev/null``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``chardev:id`` | 
|  | Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev`` | 
|  | option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``/dev/XXX`` | 
|  | [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial | 
|  | port parameters are set according to the emulated ones. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``/dev/parportN`` | 
|  | [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N. | 
|  | Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``file:filename`` | 
|  | Write output to filename. No character can be read. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``stdio`` | 
|  | [Unix only] standard input/output | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``pipe:filename`` | 
|  | name pipe filename | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``COMn`` | 
|  | [Windows only] Use host serial port n | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]`` | 
|  | This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip | 
|  | are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a | 
|  | specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you just want a simple readonly console you can use | 
|  | ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with: | 
|  | ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time | 
|  | QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the | 
|  | netconsole session. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want | 
|  | to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use | 
|  | the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial | 
|  | udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched | 
|  | version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and | 
|  | receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of | 
|  | netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char | 
|  | transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a | 
|  | netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the | 
|  | QEMU port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``QEMU Options:`` | 
|  | -serial udp::4555@:4556 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``netcat options:`` | 
|  | -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``telnet options:`` | 
|  | localhost 5555 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]`` | 
|  | The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the | 
|  | serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a | 
|  | location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the | 
|  | port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client | 
|  | socket application to connect to the port before continuing, | 
|  | unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off`` | 
|  | option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect-ms`` | 
|  | option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes | 
|  | down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host | 
|  | is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a | 
|  | time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the | 
|  | corresponding character device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444`` | 
|  | -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection`` | 
|  | -serial tcp::4444,server=on | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444`` | 
|  | -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]`` | 
|  | The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The | 
|  | options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``. | 
|  | The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or | 
|  | client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you | 
|  | to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that | 
|  | supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet | 
|  | you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by | 
|  | pressing the enter key. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]`` | 
|  | The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The | 
|  | port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]`` | 
|  | A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option | 
|  | works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except | 
|  | the unix domain socket path is used for connections. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``mon:dev_string`` | 
|  | This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed | 
|  | onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key | 
|  | sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be | 
|  | any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to | 
|  | multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port | 
|  | 4444 would be: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off`` | 
|  |  | 
|  | When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C | 
|  | will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest | 
|  | instead. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``braille`` | 
|  | Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille | 
|  | output on a real or fake device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``msmouse`` | 
|  | Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft | 
|  | protocol. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \ | 
|  | "-parallel dev   redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-parallel dev`` | 
|  | Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices | 
|  | as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used | 
|  | to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel | 
|  | port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel | 
|  | ports. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \ | 
|  | "-monitor dev    redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-monitor dev`` | 
|  | Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial | 
|  | port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` | 
|  | in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default | 
|  | monitor. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \ | 
|  | "-qmp dev        like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-qmp dev`` | 
|  | Like ``-monitor`` but opens in 'control' mode. For example, to make | 
|  | QMP available on localhost port 4444:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -qmp tcp:localhost:4444,server=on,wait=off | 
|  |  | 
|  | Not all options are configurable via this syntax; for maximum | 
|  | flexibility use the ``-mon`` option and an accompanying ``-chardev``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \ | 
|  | "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-qmp-pretty dev`` | 
|  | Like ``-qmp`` but uses pretty JSON formatting. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \ | 
|  | "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]`` | 
|  | Set up a monitor connected to the chardev ``name``. | 
|  | QEMU supports two monitors: the Human Monitor Protocol | 
|  | (HMP; for human interaction), and the QEMU Monitor Protocol | 
|  | (QMP; a JSON RPC-style protocol). | 
|  | The default is HMP; ``mode=control`` selects QMP instead. | 
|  | ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``, | 
|  | turning on JSON pretty printing to ease | 
|  | human reading and debugging. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=mon1,host=localhost,port=4444,server=on,wait=off \ | 
|  | -mon chardev=mon1,mode=control,pretty=on | 
|  |  | 
|  | enables the QMP monitor on localhost port 4444 with pretty-printing. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \ | 
|  | "-debugcon dev   redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-debugcon dev`` | 
|  | Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the | 
|  | serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically | 
|  | port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The | 
|  | default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non | 
|  | graphical mode. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \ | 
|  | "-pidfile file   write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-pidfile file`` | 
|  | Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU | 
|  | from a script. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \ | 
|  | "--preconfig     pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``--preconfig`` | 
|  | Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is | 
|  | created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will | 
|  | affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to | 
|  | exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest | 
|  | if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This | 
|  | option is experimental. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \ | 
|  | "-S              freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-S`` | 
|  | Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit, | 
|  | "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n" | 
|  | "                run qemu with overcommit hints\n" | 
|  | "                mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n" | 
|  | "                cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off`` | 
|  | Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is | 
|  | to assume that host overcommits all resources. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on`` | 
|  | (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not | 
|  | overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency | 
|  | for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for | 
|  | guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This | 
|  | works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host | 
|  | estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not | 
|  | taking into account guest idle time. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \ | 
|  | "-gdb dev        accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n" | 
|  | "                the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n" | 
|  | "                if you want it to not start execution.)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-gdb dev`` | 
|  | Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter | 
|  | in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU | 
|  | execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you | 
|  | connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to | 
|  | also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -gdb tcp::3117 | 
|  |  | 
|  | but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio | 
|  | are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection | 
|  | allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the | 
|  | connection via a pipe: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ... | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \ | 
|  | "-s              shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-s`` | 
|  | Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234 | 
|  | (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \ | 
|  | "-d item1,...    enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-d item1[,...]`` | 
|  | Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log | 
|  | items. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \ | 
|  | "-D logfile      output log to logfile (default stderr)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-D logfile`` | 
|  | Output log in logfile instead of to stderr | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \ | 
|  | "-dfilter range,..  filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-dfilter range1[,...]`` | 
|  | Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. | 
|  | The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end | 
|  | where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For | 
|  | example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at | 
|  | 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and | 
|  | another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \ | 
|  | "-seed number       seed the pseudo-random number generator\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-seed number`` | 
|  | Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number | 
|  | generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines | 
|  | within the host. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \ | 
|  | "-L path         set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-L  path`` | 
|  | Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps. | 
|  |  | 
|  | To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \ | 
|  | "-enable-kvm     enable KVM full virtualization support\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC | | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-enable-kvm`` | 
|  | Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only | 
|  | available if KVM support is enabled when compiling. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid, | 
|  | "-xen-domid id   specify xen guest domain id\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  | DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach, | 
|  | "-xen-attach     attach to existing xen domain\n" | 
|  | "                libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  | DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict, | 
|  | "-xen-domid-restrict     restrict set of available xen operations\n" | 
|  | "                        to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n" | 
|  | "                        xenpv machine type).\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-xen-domid id`` | 
|  | Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-xen-attach`` | 
|  | Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting | 
|  | QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to | 
|  | specified domain id (XEN only). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \ | 
|  | "-no-reboot      exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-no-reboot`` | 
|  | Exit instead of rebooting. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \ | 
|  | "-no-shutdown    stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-no-shutdown`` | 
|  | Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the | 
|  | emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit | 
|  | changes to the disk image. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action, | 
|  | "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n" | 
|  | "                   action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n" | 
|  | "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n" | 
|  | "                   action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n" | 
|  | "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n" | 
|  | "                   action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n" | 
|  | "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" | 
|  | "                   action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-action event=action`` | 
|  | The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when | 
|  | certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the | 
|  | same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown`` | 
|  | parameters. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Examples: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-action panic=none`` | 
|  | ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause`` | 
|  | ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause`` | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \ | 
|  | "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \ | 
|  | "                start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-loadvm file`` | 
|  | Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor) | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef _WIN32 | 
|  | DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \ | 
|  | "-daemonize      daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-daemonize`` | 
|  | Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not | 
|  | detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on | 
|  | any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external | 
|  | programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization | 
|  | race conditions. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \ | 
|  | "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-option-rom file`` | 
|  | Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to | 
|  | load things like EtherBoot. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \ | 
|  | "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \ | 
|  | "                set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]`` | 
|  | Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at | 
|  | the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is | 
|  | required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a | 
|  | specific point in time, provide datetime in the format | 
|  | ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows | 
|  | using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, | 
|  | specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate | 
|  | external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the | 
|  | guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead, | 
|  | which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even | 
|  | prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set | 
|  | ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is | 
|  | recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve | 
|  | determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the | 
|  | virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host | 
|  | clock. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift | 
|  | problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try | 
|  | to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the | 
|  | Windows guest and will re-inject them. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \ | 
|  | "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \ | 
|  | "                enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \ | 
|  | "                instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \ | 
|  | "                or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \ | 
|  | "                record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]`` | 
|  | Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one | 
|  | instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified | 
|  | then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep | 
|  | virtual time within a few seconds of real time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does | 
|  | not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain | 
|  | superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The | 
|  | number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation | 
|  | with actual performance. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at | 
|  | default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With | 
|  | ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer | 
|  | deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and | 
|  | will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives | 
|  | deterministic execution times from the guest point of view. | 
|  | The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``. | 
|  | ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto`` | 
|  | or ``align=on``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to | 
|  | synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to | 
|  | have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift | 
|  | option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if | 
|  | ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to | 
|  | inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when | 
|  | ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those | 
|  | shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. | 
|  | Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high | 
|  | depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled | 
|  | is ``align=off``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is | 
|  | enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to | 
|  | specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written | 
|  | to this file, and in replay mode it is read back. | 
|  | If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot | 
|  | name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created | 
|  | at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option | 
|  | specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \ | 
|  | "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \ | 
|  | "                action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-watchdog-action action`` | 
|  | The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer | 
|  | expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest). | 
|  | Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully | 
|  | shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest), | 
|  | ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the | 
|  | guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none`` | 
|  | (do nothing). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds | 
|  | to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of | 
|  | situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus | 
|  | ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Examples: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause`` | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \ | 
|  | "-echr chr       set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-echr numeric_ascii_value`` | 
|  | Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when | 
|  | using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using | 
|  | the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing | 
|  | ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii | 
|  | control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. | 
|  | For instance you could use the either of the following to change the | 
|  | escape character to Control-t. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20`` | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \ | 
|  | "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \ | 
|  | "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \ | 
|  | "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \ | 
|  | "                prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \ | 
|  | "                specified protocol and socket address\n" \ | 
|  | "-incoming fd:fd\n" \ | 
|  | "-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]\n" \ | 
|  | "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \ | 
|  | "                accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \ | 
|  | "                or from given external command\n" \ | 
|  | "-incoming defer\n" \ | 
|  | "                wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]`` | 
|  | Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-incoming unix:socketpath`` | 
|  | Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-incoming fd:fd`` | 
|  | Accept incoming migration from a given file descriptor. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]`` | 
|  | Accept incoming migration from a given file starting at offset. | 
|  | offset allows the common size suffixes, or a 0x prefix, but not both. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-incoming exec:cmdline`` | 
|  | Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external | 
|  | command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-incoming defer`` | 
|  | Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor | 
|  | can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior | 
|  | to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \ | 
|  | "-only-migratable     allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-only-migratable`` | 
|  | Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter | 
|  | an unmigratable state. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \ | 
|  | "-nodefaults     don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-nodefaults`` | 
|  | Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default | 
|  | devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor | 
|  | device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The | 
|  | ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef _WIN32 | 
|  | DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \ | 
|  | "-runas user     change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \ | 
|  | "                user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-runas user`` | 
|  | Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, | 
|  | switching to the specified user. This option is deprecated, use | 
|  | ``-run-with user=...`` instead. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env, | 
|  | "-prom-env variable=value\n" | 
|  | "                set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-prom-env variable=value`` | 
|  | Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only). | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \ | 
|  | -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single' | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \ | 
|  | -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \ | 
|  | -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf' | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting, | 
|  | "-semihosting    semihosting mode\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-semihosting`` | 
|  | Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, RISC-V only). | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. warning:: | 
|  | Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so | 
|  | should only be used with a trusted guest OS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further | 
|  | information about the facilities this enables. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config, | 
|  | "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \ | 
|  | "                semihosting configuration\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]`` | 
|  | Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, RISC-V | 
|  | only). | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. warning:: | 
|  | Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so | 
|  | should only be used with a trusted guest OS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``target=native|gdb|auto`` | 
|  | Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU | 
|  | (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which | 
|  | means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``chardev=str1`` | 
|  | Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto | 
|  | output when not in gdb | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``userspace=on|off`` | 
|  | Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting | 
|  | interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can | 
|  | make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should | 
|  | only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in | 
|  | bare-metal test case code). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...`` | 
|  | Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used | 
|  | multiple times to build up a list. The old-style | 
|  | ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is | 
|  | still supported for backward compatibility. If both the | 
|  | ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are | 
|  | specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always | 
|  | takes precedence. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param, | 
|  | "-old-param      old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-old-param`` | 
|  | Old param mode (ARM only). | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \ | 
|  | "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \ | 
|  | "          [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \ | 
|  | "                Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \ | 
|  | "                use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \ | 
|  | "                    by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \ | 
|  | "                    C library implementations.\n" \ | 
|  | "                use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \ | 
|  | "                    to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \ | 
|  | "                    The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \ | 
|  | "                    main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \ | 
|  | "                use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \ | 
|  | "                     blocking *fork and execve\n" \ | 
|  | "                use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]`` | 
|  | Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall | 
|  | filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``obsolete=string`` | 
|  | Enable Obsolete system calls | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``elevateprivileges=string`` | 
|  | Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``spawn=string`` | 
|  | Disable \*fork and execve | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``resourcecontrol=string`` | 
|  | Disable process affinity and schedular priority | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig, | 
|  | "-readconfig <file>\n" | 
|  | "                read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-readconfig file`` | 
|  | Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when | 
|  | you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but | 
|  | you don't want to exceed the command line character limit. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig, | 
|  | "-no-user-config\n" | 
|  | "                do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-no-user-config`` | 
|  | The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the | 
|  | user-provided config files on sysconfdir. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace, | 
|  | "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n" | 
|  | "                specify tracing options\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]`` | 
|  | .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc | 
|  |  | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin, | 
|  | "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n" | 
|  | "                load a plugin\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]`` | 
|  | Load a plugin. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``file=file`` | 
|  | Load the given plugin from a shared library file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``argname=argvalue`` | 
|  | Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.) | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | HXCOMM Internal use | 
|  | DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX | 
|  | DEF("run-with", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_run_with, | 
|  | "-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir][user=username|uid:gid]\n" | 
|  | "                Set miscellaneous QEMU process lifecycle options:\n" | 
|  | "                async-teardown=on enables asynchronous teardown (Linux only)\n" | 
|  | "                chroot=dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n" | 
|  | "                user=username switch to the specified user before starting the VM\n" | 
|  | "                user=uid:gid ditto, but use specified user-ID and group-ID instead\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir][user=username|uid:gid]`` | 
|  | Set QEMU process lifecycle options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``async-teardown=on`` enables asynchronous teardown. A new process called | 
|  | "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>" will be created at startup sharing the address | 
|  | space with the main QEMU process, using clone. It will wait for the | 
|  | main QEMU process to terminate completely, and then exit. This allows | 
|  | QEMU to terminate very quickly even if the guest was huge, leaving the | 
|  | teardown of the address space to the cleanup process. Since the cleanup | 
|  | process shares the same cgroups as the main QEMU process, accounting is | 
|  | performed correctly. This only works if the cleanup process is not | 
|  | forcefully killed with SIGKILL before the main QEMU process has | 
|  | terminated completely. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``chroot=dir`` can be used for doing a chroot to the specified directory | 
|  | immediately before starting the guest execution. This is especially useful | 
|  | in combination with -runas. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``user=username`` or ``user=uid:gid`` can be used to drop root privileges | 
|  | before starting guest execution. QEMU will use the ``setuid`` and ``setgid`` | 
|  | system calls to switch to the specified identity.  Note that the | 
|  | ``user=username`` syntax will also apply the full set of supplementary | 
|  | groups for the user, whereas the ``user=uid:gid`` will use only the | 
|  | ``gid`` group. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg, | 
|  | "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n" | 
|  | "                control error message format\n" | 
|  | "                timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n" | 
|  | "                guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n" | 
|  | "                              -name guest option is set (default: off)\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]`` | 
|  | Control error message format. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``timestamp=on|off`` | 
|  | Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``guest-name=on|off`` | 
|  | Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set | 
|  | otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate, | 
|  | "-dump-vmstate <file>\n" | 
|  | "                Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n" | 
|  | "                Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n" | 
|  | "                check for possible regressions in migration code\n" | 
|  | "                by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-dump-vmstate file`` | 
|  | Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to | 
|  | file in file | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile, | 
|  | "-enable-sync-profile\n" | 
|  | "                enable synchronization profiling\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-enable-sync-profile`` | 
|  | Enable synchronization profiling. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX) | 
|  | DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap, | 
|  | "-perfmap        generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-perfmap`` | 
|  | Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling | 
|  | information to be broken down into basic blocks. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump, | 
|  | "-jitdump        generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-jitdump`` | 
|  | Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol | 
|  | names, line numbers and JITted code. | 
|  | ERST | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING() | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:) | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object, | 
|  | "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n" | 
|  | "                create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n" | 
|  | "                in the order they are specified.  Note that the 'id'\n" | 
|  | "                property must be set.  These objects are placed in the\n" | 
|  | "                '/objects' path.\n", | 
|  | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
|  | SRST | 
|  | ``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]`` | 
|  | Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order | 
|  | they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These | 
|  | objects are placed in the '/objects' path. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,offset=offset,readonly=on|off,rom=on|off|auto`` | 
|  | Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back | 
|  | the guest RAM with huge pages. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to | 
|  | reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``, | 
|  | ``-device nvdimm``, etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and | 
|  | accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or | 
|  | huge page filesystem mount. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory | 
|  | region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter | 
|  | allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory | 
|  | region. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA | 
|  | bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see | 
|  | Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel | 
|  | source tree for additional details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that | 
|  | file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid | 
|  | unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that | 
|  | ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not | 
|  | discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated | 
|  | using SIGKILL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as | 
|  | MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider | 
|  | the pages for memory deduplication. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory | 
|  | from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of | 
|  | NUMA host nodes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the | 
|  | following values: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``default`` | 
|  | default host policy | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``preferred`` | 
|  | prefer the given host node list for allocation | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``bind`` | 
|  | restrict memory allocation to the given host node list | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``interleave`` | 
|  | interleave memory allocations across the given host node | 
|  | list | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when | 
|  | QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg | 
|  | ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an | 
|  | alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the | 
|  | device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In | 
|  | such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this | 
|  | option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``offset`` option specifies the offset into the target file | 
|  | that the region starts at. You can use this parameter to back | 
|  | multiple regions with a single file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified | 
|  | by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be | 
|  | accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel | 
|  | NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary | 
|  | operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to | 
|  | ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live | 
|  | migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC | 
|  | flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for | 
|  | ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC | 
|  | requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel | 
|  | 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX | 
|  | option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened | 
|  | read-only or read-write (default). | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``rom`` option specifies whether to create Read Only Memory | 
|  | (ROM) that cannot be modified by the VM. Any write attempts to such | 
|  | ROM will be denied. Most use cases want proper RAM instead of ROM. | 
|  | However, selected use cases, like R/O NVDIMMs, can benefit from | 
|  | ROM. If set to ``on``, create ROM; if set to ``off``, create | 
|  | writable RAM; if set to ``auto`` (default), the value of the | 
|  | ``readonly`` option is used. This option is primarily helpful when | 
|  | we want to have writable RAM in configurations that would | 
|  | traditionally create ROM before the ``rom`` option was introduced: | 
|  | VM templating, where we want to open a file readonly | 
|  | (``readonly=on``) and mark the memory to be private for QEMU | 
|  | (``share=off``). For this use case, we need writable RAM instead | 
|  | of ROM, and want to also set ``rom=off``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave`` | 
|  | Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the | 
|  | guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the | 
|  | ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM. | 
|  | Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the | 
|  | options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size`` | 
|  | Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows | 
|  | QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when | 
|  | using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and | 
|  | optional sealing. (Linux only) | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block | 
|  | further resizing the memory ('on' by default). | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in | 
|  | the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction | 
|  | with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify | 
|  | the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb | 
|  | page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the | 
|  | system). | 
|  |  | 
|  | In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is | 
|  | incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux | 
|  | 4.16). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the | 
|  | other options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object memory-backend-shm,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave`` | 
|  | Creates a POSIX shared memory backend object, which allows | 
|  | QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when | 
|  | using vhost-user). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``memory-backend-shm`` is a more portable and less featureful version | 
|  | of ``memory-backend-memfd``. It can then be used in any POSIX system, | 
|  | especially when memfd is not supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the | 
|  | options. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with shm. Setting it to | 
|  | off will cause a failure during allocation because it is not supported | 
|  | by this backend. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object iommufd,id=id[,fd=fd]`` | 
|  | Creates an iommufd backend which allows control of DMA mapping | 
|  | through the ``/dev/iommu`` device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends (such as | 
|  | vfio-pci of vdpa) will use to connect with the iommufd backend. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``fd`` parameter is an optional pre-opened file descriptor | 
|  | resulting from ``/dev/iommu`` opening. Usually the iommufd is shared | 
|  | across all subsystems, bringing the benefit of centralized | 
|  | reference counting. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object rng-builtin,id=id`` | 
|  | Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy | 
|  | from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID | 
|  | that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the | 
|  | ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device | 
|  | uses this RNG backend. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random`` | 
|  | Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy | 
|  | from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID | 
|  | that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the | 
|  | ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies | 
|  | which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to | 
|  | ``/dev/urandom``. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid`` | 
|  | Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy | 
|  | from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id`` | 
|  | parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this | 
|  | entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev`` | 
|  | parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that | 
|  | provides the connection to the RNG daemon. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off`` | 
|  | Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to | 
|  | provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is | 
|  | a unique ID which network backends will use to access the | 
|  | credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client`` | 
|  | depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the | 
|  | credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If | 
|  | ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake | 
|  | is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this | 
|  | is a no-op for anonymous credentials. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files. | 
|  | For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file | 
|  | dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the | 
|  | TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of | 
|  | DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive | 
|  | operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is | 
|  | recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated | 
|  | upfront and saved. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]`` | 
|  | Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which | 
|  | can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The | 
|  | ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use | 
|  | to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` | 
|  | or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that | 
|  | uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. | 
|  | For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be | 
|  | sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu". | 
|  |  | 
|  | The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is | 
|  | called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This | 
|  | file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool`` | 
|  | program. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem | 
|  | providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server. | 
|  | If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH | 
|  | parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive | 
|  | operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is | 
|  | recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up | 
|  | front and saved. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id`` | 
|  | Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to | 
|  | provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is | 
|  | a unique ID which network backends will use to access the | 
|  | credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client`` | 
|  | depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the | 
|  | credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If | 
|  | ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake | 
|  | is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509 | 
|  | certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided | 
|  | with valid client certificates too. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files. | 
|  | For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file | 
|  | dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the | 
|  | TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of | 
|  | DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive | 
|  | operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is | 
|  | recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated | 
|  | upfront and saved. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain | 
|  | further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates | 
|  | must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem, | 
|  | ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers), | 
|  | server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients), | 
|  | and client-key.pem (only clients). | 
|  |  | 
|  | For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain | 
|  | sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted | 
|  | version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the | 
|  | ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the | 
|  | password for decryption. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The priority parameter allows to override the global default | 
|  | priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system | 
|  | administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for | 
|  | QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all | 
|  | applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger | 
|  | default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do | 
|  | this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority | 
|  | string as described at | 
|  | https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority`` | 
|  | Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control | 
|  | the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted | 
|  | to use. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to | 
|  | access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the | 
|  | host. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default | 
|  | priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system | 
|  | administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for | 
|  | QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all | 
|  | applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger | 
|  | default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do | 
|  | this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority | 
|  | string as described at | 
|  | https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot. | 
|  | The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted | 
|  | TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via | 
|  | fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER | 
|  | objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring | 
|  | guest-side TLS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy | 
|  | is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property. | 
|  | Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to | 
|  | refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\ | 
|  | -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
|  | Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: | 
|  | all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are | 
|  | delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in | 
|  | microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the | 
|  | netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status | 
|  | for netfilter will be 'on'. | 
|  |  | 
|  | queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any | 
|  | netfilter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the | 
|  | transmit queue of the netdev (default). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the | 
|  | netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the | 
|  | netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev. | 
|  |  | 
|  | position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the | 
|  | filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied | 
|  | to any netfilter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list, | 
|  | before any existing filters. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list, | 
|  | behind any existing filters (default). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter | 
|  | specified by <id>, see the insert option below. | 
|  |  | 
|  | insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert | 
|  | the new filter relative to the one specified with | 
|  | position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``before``: insert before the specified filter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default). | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
|  | filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to | 
|  | chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, | 
|  | filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
|  | filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net | 
|  | packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to | 
|  | filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector | 
|  | will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a | 
|  | filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id | 
|  | can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at | 
|  | least one of indev or outdev need to be specified. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
|  | Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp | 
|  | packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp | 
|  | connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make | 
|  | tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the | 
|  | vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header. | 
|  |  | 
|  | usage: colo secondary: -object | 
|  | filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object | 
|  | filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object | 
|  | filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
|  | Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by | 
|  | filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are | 
|  | stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with | 
|  | tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]`` | 
|  | Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and | 
|  | secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet | 
|  | and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output | 
|  | primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do | 
|  | checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to | 
|  | improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in | 
|  | another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, | 
|  | colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. | 
|  | The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the | 
|  | colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms} | 
|  | is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets. | 
|  | The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue | 
|  | size depend on user environment. | 
|  | If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to | 
|  | notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint. | 
|  |  | 
|  | COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror, | 
|  | filter-redirector and filter-rewriter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | KVM COLO | 
|  |  | 
|  | primary: | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
|  | -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005 | 
|  | -object iothread,id=iothread1 | 
|  | -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0 | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0 | 
|  | -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | secondary: | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004 | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Xen COLO | 
|  |  | 
|  | primary: | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
|  | -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off | 
|  | -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0 | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0 | 
|  | -object iothread,id=iothread1 | 
|  | -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=notify_way,iothread=iothread1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | secondary: | 
|  | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
|  | -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003 | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004 | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 | 
|  | -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can | 
|  | read the colo-compare git log. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]`` | 
|  | Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from | 
|  | the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will | 
|  | be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the | 
|  | ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional, | 
|  | which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default | 
|  | of queues is 1. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | [...] \\ | 
|  | -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\ | 
|  | [...] | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]`` | 
|  | Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev | 
|  | chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to | 
|  | reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto`` | 
|  | device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. | 
|  | The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass | 
|  | vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other | 
|  | end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which | 
|  | specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue | 
|  | vhost-user, the default of queues is 1. | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | [...] \\ | 
|  | -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\ | 
|  | -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\ | 
|  | -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\ | 
|  | [...] | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]`` | 
|  | \ | 
|  | ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]`` | 
|  | Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some | 
|  | other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed | 
|  | directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file | 
|  | parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the | 
|  | sensitive data is encrypted. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), | 
|  | or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports | 
|  | valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending | 
|  | binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is | 
|  | provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password | 
|  | can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64 | 
|  | encoded when passed onto the RBD sever. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data | 
|  | associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of | 
|  | encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv | 
|  | parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously | 
|  | defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This | 
|  | key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv | 
|  | parameter provides the random initialization vector used for | 
|  | encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64 | 
|  | encrypted string of the 16-byte IV. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw | 
|  |  | 
|  | The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file | 
|  |  | 
|  | # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object | 
|  | secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw | 
|  |  | 
|  | For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate | 
|  | usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt | 
|  | the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be | 
|  | padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard | 
|  | PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm. | 
|  |  | 
|  | First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64 | 
|  | # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump  -v -e '/1 "%02X"') | 
|  |  | 
|  | Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random | 
|  | initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept | 
|  | secret | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64 | 
|  | # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump  -v -e '/1 "%02X"') | 
|  |  | 
|  | The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case | 
|  | we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could | 
|  | be left as raw bytes if desired. | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" | | 
|  | openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV) | 
|  |  | 
|  | When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to | 
|  | ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user | 
|  | password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\ | 
|  | -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\ | 
|  | data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]`` | 
|  | Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, | 
|  | which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support | 
|  | on AMD processors. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address | 
|  | bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is | 
|  | protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit | 
|  | position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user | 
|  | must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in | 
|  | physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to | 
|  | provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space. | 
|  | Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC, | 
|  | a guest will lose a maximum of 1 bit, so the value should be 1. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for | 
|  | communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure | 
|  | Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware | 
|  | supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by | 
|  | CCP driver. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the | 
|  | SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational | 
|  | commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The | 
|  | policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the | 
|  | guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the | 
|  | guest. The default is 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV | 
|  | guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest | 
|  | from which to share the key. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest | 
|  | owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH | 
|  | and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic | 
|  | session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for | 
|  | attestation. The file must be encoded in base64. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/ | 
|  | cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux | 
|  | boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2) | 
|  |  | 
|  | e.g to launch a SEV guest | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system_x86| \\ | 
|  | ...... \\ | 
|  | -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=1 \\ | 
|  | -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\ | 
|  | ..... | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string`` | 
|  | Create an authorization object that will control access to | 
|  | network services. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format | 
|  | depends on the network service that authorization object is | 
|  | associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, | 
|  | the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care | 
|  | must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished | 
|  | name would look like: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | ... \\ | 
|  | -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\ | 
|  | ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name | 
|  | containing whitespace, and escaping of ','. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off`` | 
|  | Create an authorization object that will control access to | 
|  | network services. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file | 
|  | containing the access control list rules in JSON format. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might | 
|  | look like: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | { | 
|  | "rules": [ | 
|  | { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, | 
|  | { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, | 
|  | { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" }, | 
|  | { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, | 
|  | ], | 
|  | "policy": "deny" | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules | 
|  | and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value | 
|  | returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default | 
|  | ``policy`` value is returned. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use | 
|  | the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be | 
|  | used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and | 
|  | automatically reloaded whenever its content changes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity | 
|  | strings being matched depends on the network service, but is | 
|  | usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An example authorization object to validate a SASL username | 
|  | would look like: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | ... \\ | 
|  | -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\ | 
|  | ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string`` | 
|  | Create an authorization object that will control access to | 
|  | network services. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to | 
|  | use for authorization. It requires that a file | 
|  | ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for | 
|  | the ``account`` subsystem. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 | 
|  | distinguished name would look like: | 
|  |  | 
|  | .. parsed-literal:: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # |qemu_system| \\ | 
|  | ... \\ | 
|  | -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\ | 
|  | ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at | 
|  | ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains: | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | account requisite  pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \ | 
|  | file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow | 
|  |  | 
|  | Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list | 
|  | of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB | 
|  |  | 
|  | ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch`` | 
|  | Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be | 
|  | assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device | 
|  | emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread. | 
|  | This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device | 
|  | emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to | 
|  | reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``. | 
|  | Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not | 
|  | all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports | 
|  | their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU | 
|  | pinning/affinity. | 
|  |  | 
|  | IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop | 
|  | latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor | 
|  | file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an | 
|  | event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for | 
|  | a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable | 
|  | for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the | 
|  | workload and/or host device latency. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of | 
|  | nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by | 
|  | setting this value to 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase | 
|  | the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events | 
|  | due to not polling long enough. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease | 
|  | the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too | 
|  | long polling without encountering events. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests | 
|  | in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use | 
|  | its default. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the | 
|  | ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's | 
|  | ``id``): | 
|  |  | 
|  | :: | 
|  |  | 
|  | (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000 | 
|  | ERST | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line! | 
|  |  | 
|  | #undef DEF | 
|  | #undef DEFHEADING | 
|  | #undef ARCHHEADING |